2017 veloster (fs) om...f2 your hyundai should not be modified in any way. such modifications may...

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to 2017 VELOSTER and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you mayfind material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive Hyundais.The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2017 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-5 in theVehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Damagecaused by using imitation, counterfeitor used salvage parts is not coveredunder the Hyundai New VehicleLimited Warranty or any other Hyundaiwarranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).Hyundai Genuine Parts exported tothe U.S. are packaged with labels writ-ten only in English.Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2

Fuel requirements / 1-3

Vehicle break-in process / 1-5

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving experience from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assistyou in many ways. We strongly recom-mend that you read the entire manual. Inorder to minimize the chance of death orinjury, you must read the WARNING andCAUTION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the text in thismanual to best explain how to use yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGS, CAU-TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.These WARNINGS were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING This indicates that a condition mayresult in harm, serious injury ordeath to you or other persons if thewarning is not heeded. Follow theadvice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition mayresult in damage to your vehicle orits equipment if the caution is notheeded. Follow the advice providedwith the caution.

1 3

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher. (Do notuse methanol blended fuels.)

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system,engine control system and emission con-trol system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the fuel cap openwarning light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Introduction

41

Other fuelsUsing fuels such as;- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and- Other metallic additives contained

fuels,may cause vehicle and engine damageor cause plugging, misfiring, poor accel-eration, engine stalling, catalyst melting,abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction,etc.Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽ NOTICEDamage to the fuel system or perform-ance problem caused by the use of thesefuels may not be covered by your NewVehicle Limited Warrenty.

Gasoline containing MMTSome gasoline contains harmful man-ganese-based fuel additives such asMMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl ManganeseTricarbonyl).HYUNDAI does not recommend the useof gasoline containing MMT.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and affect your emission con-trol system.The malfunction indicator lamp on thecluster may come on.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system, engine control systemand emission control system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which help preventdeposit formation in the engine. Thesegasolines will help the engine run clean-er and enhance performance of theEmission Control System. For more infor-mation on TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, please go to the website(www.toptiergas.com)For customers who do not use TOP TierDetergent Gasoline regularly, and haveproblems starting or the engine does notrun smoothly, additives that you can buyseparately may be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additive added tothe fuel tank at every 7,500 mile or everyengine oil change is recommended.Additives are available from your author-ized HYUNDAI dealer along with infor-mation on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol.

1 5

Introduction

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehiclesor emitted from them are known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or reproduc-tive harm. These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compartment

components and materials• Component parts which are sub-

ject to heat and wearIn addition, battery posts, terminalsand related accessories containlead, lead compounds and otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andreproductive harm.

Introduction

61

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such data as:• How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;• Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-ation occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with thetype of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information ifthey have access to the vehicle or theEDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

2Interior overview / 2-2

Instrument panel overview / 2-3

Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

OFS017001N

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-19

2. Outside rearview mirror controlswitch...................................................4-43

3. Central door lock switch....................4-20

4. Power window lock switch.................4-28

5. Power window switches ....................4-25

6. Hood release lever............................4-29

7. Instrument panel illumination controlswitch ................................................4-47

8. ESC OFF button ...............................5-38

9. Rear parking assist system OFF switch*...............................................4-75

10. AC inverter switch*........................4-119

11. Fuse box .........................................7-63

12. Brake pedal

13. Accelerator pedal

14. Steering wheel ..................................4-38

15. Fuel filler lid release lever .................4-31

16. Mirror .................................................4-41

* : if equipped

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

OFS012002N

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-45

2. Horn .................................................4-42

3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-45

4. Light control/Turn signals .................4-79

5. Wiper/Washer...................................4-85

6. Ignition switch*/Engine start/stop button..............5-5, 5-8

7. Hazard warning flasherswitch ........................................4-78, 6-2

8. Climate control system .........4-92, 4-101

9. Shift lever.......................5-13, 5-16, 5-24

10. Parking brake .................................5-34

11. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-45

12. Glove box .....................................4-113

* : if equipped


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-33

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-31

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-36

4. Positive battery terminal ...................7-46

5. Negative battery terminal..................7-46

6. Fuse box ...........................................7-63

7. Air cleaner.........................................7-38

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-35

9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-31

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-37

OFS011003/OFS012004

* The actual engine room including engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■ Gasoline 1.6 GDI

■ Gasoline 1.6 Turbo GDI

3

Seats / 3-2

Seat belts / 3-14

Child restraint system / 3-24

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-32



23

Driver’s seat(1) Seat adjustment, forward/backward(2) Seatback recliner(3) Seat adjustment, height(4) Driver seat folding lever(5) Headrest adjustment

Front passenger seat(6) Seat adjustment, forward/backward(7) Seatback recliner(8) Headrest adjustment

Rear seat(9) Headrest adjustment (10) Split folding rear seat

SEATS

OFS035057N

* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 3


WARNING - Driver's seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant's hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt, applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.

WARNING - Upright seatingWhen you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt can't operatenormally.


43

(Continued)• Luggage and other cargo should

be laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

• When resetting the seatback tothe upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and rearwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

WARNING• Do not adjust the seat while wear-

ing seat belts. Moving the seatcushion forward may causestrong pressure on the abdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may gush out ofthe lighter and cause fire.

• Use extreme caution when pick-ing small objects trapped underthe seats or between the seat andthe center console. Your handsmight be cut or injured by theedges of the seat mechanism.

3 5


Front seat adjustmentForward and backward To move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Adjusting the seatback reclinerTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height To change the height of the seat cushion,move the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

OFS033007 OFS033004OFS033002


63

Driver's seat folding leverIf you pull the lever to backward, the driv-er seat will be folded. You can get outfrom rear seat to outside.

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

OFS033005

WARNINGWhile driving, do not adjust thelever. An unexpected accident mayoccur.

OFS035055L

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

3 7


Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

To remove the headrest:1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.3. Press the headrest release button (3)

while pulling the headrest up (4).

OFS031010 OFS033070-1

WARNING NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seatwith the headrest removed.

CAUTION

If you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the headrest and seatcushion raised, the headrest maycome in contact with the sunvisoror other parts of the vehicle.

OYFH034205


83

Reinstall

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the release but-ton (1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with therecline lever or switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriateheight.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned ON.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

✽✽ NOTICE• With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in theseat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

• If the seat warmer doesn't work whenthe ambient temperature is below 21°C (70 °F), have the system checkedby an authorized dealer.

OFS031013

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol or gaso-line. Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

OFS033071-1

WARNING Always make sure the headrestlocks into position after reinstallingand adjusting it properly.

3 9


Seatback pocket (if equipped)

Rear seat adjustmentFolding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects than could not oth-erwise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OFS031014

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. The occu-pants must be able to feel if theseat is becoming too warm and toturn the seat warmer off.In particular, the driver must exer-cise extreme care for the followingtypes of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


103

To fold the rear seat

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat belt inthe guide to prevent the seat belt frombeing damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3. Lower the rear headrests to lowestposition.

4. Pull the lock release lever (1) and foldthe rear seatback forward and downfirmly.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward. Pull the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Makesure the seatback is locked in place.When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

7. When the seatback is completelyinstalled, check the seatback foldinglever again.

OFS031018

OFS031019

3 11


✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, after returningthe seatback to the upright position,press the seatbelt and seatback at thesame time. Then pull the belt out. Youwill be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback orput luggage on the rear seat cush-ion, insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback or luggage.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING - Upright seatingWhen you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.

ORBR030031


123

HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

OFS035056L

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theEcoShift dual clutch transmissionis in P (Park) or the manualtransaxle is in R (Reverse) or 1st,and the parking brake is appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move ifshift lever is inadvertently moved toanother position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision which cancause injury to vehicle occupants.Special care of objects should betaken when placing them in the rearseats, since those may hit the frontseat occupants in a frontal colli-sion.

OUN026140

WARNINGRear seat occupants should alwaysremain in the center of the seatcushion so the occupant's head isprotected by the headrest.If not, the tailgate may hit the occu-pant's head, which could cause aninjury.

3 13


Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thehighest position (1) by pushing therelease button. To lower the headrest,push and hold the release button (2) onthe headrest support and lower the head-rest to the lowest position (3).

Removal (if equipped)

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it for prop-er protection of the occupants.

OFS031016OFS031015

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible.The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.


143

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, chestand shoulders, as applicable; wear-ing the lap section of the beltacross the abdominal area must beavoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.

(Continued)

(Continued)A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the occu-pant.Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

(Continued)• Always wear both the shoulder

portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

3 15


Seat belt warning (for driver's seat)The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-BlinkChime-Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 3 mph(5 km/h)

6 seconds None

3 mph~6 mph

6 seconds

Above 6 mph (10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph(10 km/h)

↓

Below 3 mph (5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat belt inbuckles of other seat. It's very dan-gerous and you may not be pro-tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.

• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.

1GQA2083


163

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

Shoulder belt extension guideYou can adjust the position of the shoul-der belt extension guide for easieraccess to the shoulder belt.Set the belt extension guide to the posi-tion (1~3) when using the seat belt.

B180A01NF-1 OFS031034

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt extension

guide is locked into position atthe appropriate height. Neverposition the shoulder belt acrossyour neck or face. Improperlypositioned seat belts can causeserious injuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

3 17


Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to "Using a childrestraint system" in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.


183

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions). Thepre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin crashes where the frontal collision (orside collisions) is severe enough.When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions(or side collisions), the pre-tensioner willactivate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.

If the system senses excessive tensionon the driver or passenger's seat beltwhen the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

✽✽ NOTICE The pre-tensioner may activate in afrontal or side impact collision, or arollover collision.

B210A01NF-1/H OED030300

WARNING• Do not put anything near the

buckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle and may increase the riskof personal injury in the event ofa collision.

• For your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twist-ed and always sit properly onyour seat.

3 19


The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal or side col-lisions; or rollovers.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged periods.Wash all exposed skin areas thorough-ly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximate-ly 6 seconds after the ignition switchhas been turned to the ON position,and then it should turn off.

OMD030051N-1

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle's occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.


203

Seat belt precautionsCAUTION

If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is no mal-function of the SRS air bag. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switch isturned ON, or if it remains illuminat-ed after illuminating for approximate-ly 6 seconds, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt and SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not attempt to inspect or

replace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seatbelt must be discarded, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

3 21


Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to "Child restraint system" in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to "Childrestraint system" in this section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


223

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the seats are in areclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child's neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the unborn child is locatedor above the abdomen where thebelt could seriously injure or evencause the death of the unborn childduring an impact.

3 23


Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.


243

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed tobe secured in vehicle seats by lap beltsor the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulderbelt, or by a LATCH system.Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car's interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

3 25


Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child s4afety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• After an accident, have an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer check thechild restraint system, seat belt,tether anchor and lower anchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear right seat.

CRS09

OFS031022

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system


263

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency locking mode), youmust manually change these seat beltsto the automatic locking mode to securea child restraint.

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will helpprevent the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle from causing the seatbelt to loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the following proce-dure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the vehicle and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

• If the vehicle headrest preventsproper installation of a child seat(as described in the child seatsystem manual), the headrest ofthe respective seating positionshould be readjusted or entirelyremoved.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

E2MS103005

3 27


To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct "click"sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the"Automatic locking" (child restraint)mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible "clicking" or "ratcheting"sound. This indicates that the retractoris in the "automatic locking" mode. Ifno distinct sound is heard, repeatsteps 3 and 4.

OMD030054AOMD030053A OMD030055A


283

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is in the"Automatic locking" mode by attempt-ing to pull more of the seat belt out ofthe retractor. If you cannot, the retractoris in the "Automatic locking" mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and then pullthe lap/shoulder belt out of the restraintand allow the seat belt to retract fully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the "Automatic locking" mode tothe emergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

Securing a child restraint seat with"Tether Anchor" system Child restraint hook holders are locatedin the luggage room.

OMD030056A

WARNING - Automaticlocking mode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the "emergency lockmode" whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

OFS032023R

3 29


1.Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback. In case ofinterference between the child restraintseat and the headrest remove the par-ticular head restraint for better fitmentof the child restraint seat.For more information about the use ofthe headrests, refer to "Adjusting theheight up and down - Rear seat" in thissection.

2.Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways follow the installation instruc-tions provided by child restraint manu-facturer.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether anchoror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased load causedby multiple seats may cause theanchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer's instructions for installa-tion and use.

OFS032024R


303

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

OFS035058N OFS031025LATCH Anchor

Position Indicator

LATCH Anchor

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

3 31


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

✽✽ NOTICEThe recommended weight for theLATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).How to calculate the child restraintweight : Child restraint weight = 65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.

WARNING • When using the vehicle's

"LATCH" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat,all unused vehicle rear seat beltmetal latch plates or tabs must belatched securely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to prevent thechild from reaching and takinghold of unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything around thelower anchors. Also make surethat the seat belt is not caught inthe lower anchors.


323

(1) Driver's front air bag(2) Passenger's front air bag(3) Side air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the seat belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OFS031026

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 33


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision in orderto help protect the occupants from seri-ous physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In addition to inflating in certain sidecollisions, vehicles equipped with arollover sensor, side air bags and cur-tain air bags will inflate if the sensingsystem detects a rollover.When a rollover is detected, side airbags and curtain air bags will remaininflated longer to help provide protec-tion from ejection, especially whenused in conjunction with the seat belts.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a colli-sion occurs and the need to get the airbag between the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occupantimpacts those structures.This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of serious orlife-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary part ofair bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the air bagcan cause fatal injuries, especially ifthe occupant is positioned exces-sively close to the air bag.

WARNING • To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.


343

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger's seatNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger's seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger's seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

WARNING When the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area'sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side air bags, besure to install the child restraintsystem as far away from the doorside as possible, and securelylock the child restraint system inposition.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

1JBH3051

3 35


Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. Passenger's front air bag ON/OFF

indicator (front passenger's seatonly)

W7-147 OFS035054L

●

●●

●

●


363

11. Occupant classification system(Front passenger's seat only)

12. Driver's and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

13. Anchor pre-tensioner14. Side pressure impact sensor

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light " " onthe instrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the ignition switchis turned to the ON position, after whichthe SRS air bag warning light " "should go out.

W7-147

WARNING If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

3 37


The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)


383

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, disc holder,sticker, etc.) on the front passen-ger's panel above the glove boxin a vehicle with a passenger's airbag. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the passenger's air baginflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with cold waterand a mild soap after an accidentin which the air bags weredeployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light " " does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains onafter illuminating for about 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or afterthe engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey for (ignition key), and turn theengine start/stop button to theOFF position (for smart key).Never remove or replace the airbag related fuse(s) when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.Failure to heed this warning willcause the SRS air bag warninglight to illuminate.

3 39


Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.

The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat frame.• Electronic system to determine

whether the front passenger air bagsystem should be activated or deacti-vated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

The purpose of the occupant classifica-tion system is to help reduce the risk ofinjury or death from an inflating passen-ger air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by theair bag deactivating when appropriate.

OFS032057N

WARNING Do not put anything in front of thepassenger air bag off indicator


403

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The OCS may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions which canaffect the classification system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locations.(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.(7) Unauthorized replacement of seat

cover.(8) Covering seat with blanket

3 41


WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theOccupant classification System(OCS). Your OCS is designed toresist electronic waves, but do notplace an electronic device such aslaptop computer on or near the seatcushion since it may defeat theproper functioning of the OCS.

(Continued)

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Condition detected by the occupantclassification system

1. Adult *1

2. Infant *2 or child restraint

system with 12 months old *3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator

lightSRS warning light

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in thefront passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/herphysique and posture.

*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who hasoutgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-ognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12

months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passengerseat. This is a normal condition.


423

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load, an activeelectronic device or blanket inthe front passenger seat or seat-back pocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

3 43


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK or OFF positionand ask the passenger to sit properly(sitting upright with the seat back in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor). Restart the engine and have theperson remain in that position. This willallow the system to detect the personand to enable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNING Do not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicatoris illuminated because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of acrash. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the adult passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

Proper position

WARNING Do not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or on thefront passenger seat. Do not hangonto the front passenger seat. Do nothang any items, such as a seatbacktable, on the front passenger seat-back. Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback. Do not placeany items under the front passengerseat. Any of these could interferewith proper sensor operation.

WARNING • Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No matterwhat type of crash, children of allages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

(Continued)


443

(Continued)• Do not place an electronic device

such as a laptop computer on thefront passenger seat. Its electron-ic field may cause the OCS toswitch to the "on" condition andthus allow the passenger air bagto deploy needlessly in a colli-sion, increasing your repaircosts.

• The adult or child in the front pas-senger's seat who is not seatedcorrectly (for example: seatexcessively reclined, leaning onthe door or center console, orhips shifted forward in the seat)can cause a condition where theoccupant classification systemsenses less field than if the occu-pant were seated properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied as a child and illumination ofthe PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator.

(Continued)• Accident statistics show that

children are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The occupant classification sys-tem may not work properly ifwater, coffee or any other liquidincluding rain gets on the seat.Keep the front seat dry at alltimes.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG

"OFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult and he/she sits properly (sitting uprightwith the seatback in an uprightposition, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended andtheir feet on the floor), have thatperson sit in the rear seat.

• Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

(Continued)

3 45


Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingpositions.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "SRS AIR BAG" or “AIRBAG" engraved on the air bag pad coverin the steering wheel and the passen-ger's side front panel pad above theglove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gatherinformation about the driver's seat posi-tion, the driver's and front passenger'sseat belt usage and impact severity.

WARNING If the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG "OFF" indicator will notilluminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there is nooccupant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe occupant classification systemand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

OFS031027

OFS031028

■ Driver’s front air bag

■ Passenger’s front air bag


463

The seat belt buckle sensors determine ifthe driver and front passenger's seatbelts are fastened. These sensors pro-vide the ability to control the SRS deploy-ment based on whether or not the seatbelts are fastened, and how severe theimpact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation within two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity and seatbelt usage, the SRSCM (SRS ControlModule) controls the air bag inflation.Failure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the SRS air bag warninglight is connected with the occu-pant classification system. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position,remains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,or if it illuminates while the vehicleis being driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

WARNINGDo not place any objects under-neath the front seats as they couldinterfere with the occupant classifi-cation system.

3 47


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.


483

(Continued)• No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder, cupholder, perfume or stickers)should be placed over or near theair bag modules on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, wind-shield glass, and the front pas-senger's panel above the glovebox. Such objects could causeharm if the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause the airbags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentaldeployment of the air bags or byrendering the SRS inoperative.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

• Even though your vehicle isequipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Children age 12 and under must

always be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

3 49


Side air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle's driv-er and/or the front passenger with addi-tional protection than that offered by theseat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side airbags and curtain air bags on both sidesof the vehicle may deploy if a rollover orpossible rollover is detected.The side air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations orrollover situations.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors,put their arms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the window, orplace objects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.

OFS031029

OFS032058N


503

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

WARNING • The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen-ger's seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Thereforeyour seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deploy onlyin certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause signifi-cant injury to the vehicle occu-pants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side air bag.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not place any objects over the

air bag or between the air bag andyourself. Also, do not attach anyobjects around the area the airbag inflates such as the door, sidedoor glass, front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if thesupplemental side air bag inflates.

• Do not put any objects betweenthe side air bag label and seatcushion. It could cause harm ifthe vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags todeploy.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition switch is on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with side airbags and an occupant classifica-tion system.

OMD030042

OFS032059N

3 51


The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The side airbags and curtain air bags on both sidesof the vehicle may deploy if a rollover orpossible rollover is detected. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact or rollover situation.

WARNING • In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, front seat occupants andoutboard rear occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag. Also, do not attach anyobjects around the area the airbag inflates such as the door,side door glass, front and rear pil-lar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang hard or breakableobjects on the clothes hanger.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Do not hang other objects exceptclothes. In an accident it maycause vehicle damage or person-al injury especially when air bagis inflated.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above instruc-tions can result in injury or death tothe vehicle occupants in an acci-dent.


523

Why didn't my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side pressure impact sensor

OFS035030L/OFS031031/OFS035032L/OMD030039/OFS032060N

3 53


Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING • Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillars orfront door where side collisionsensors are installed. Have thevehicle checked and repaired byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

OFS031040


543

Side impact and curtain air bags

Side impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact ofsufficient force is detected by side impactsensors.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the system detects a sufficientimpact. Side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate only in side impactcollisions or rollover situations, but theymay inflate in other collisions if the sys-tem detect a sufficient side impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

OFS031041

OFS032058N

OFS031042

3 55


• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and angles ofimpact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OFS031043 OFS031044 OED036102


563

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to"ride" under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such "under-ride"collisions.

• Front air bags do not inflate in rolloveraccidents. However, side and curtainair bags may inflate in a rollover, whenit is detected by the rollover sensor.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe deceleration forces are significant-ly reduced.

OFS031045 OED036104 OFS031048

3 57


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light " " does not illuminate,when you turn the ignition on, or continu-ously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger's panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNING • Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• Not only the modification of theparts where the SRS sensors arebut also the modification of otherparts of the vehicle may affect theSRS performance and lead topossible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water on theflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


583

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

WARNING • Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

• Be careful not to cause impact tothe doors when the ignition isON. The air bags may inflate.

3 59


Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required bythe U.S. National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA), are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OFS032061N

OFS031033

Front

Side

4

Keys / 4-3

Smart key / 4-4

Remote keyless entry / 4-10

Theft-alarm system / 4-14

Door locks / 4-18

Tailgate / 4-22

Windows / 4-25

Hood / 4-29

Fuel filler lid / 4-31

Sunroof / 4-34

Steering wheel / 4-38

Mirrors / 4-41

Instrument cluster / 4-45

Rear parking assist system / 4-75

Rear view camera / 4-78

Hazard warning flasher / 4-78

Lighting / 4-79

Wipers and washers / 4-85

Interior light / 4-88

Defroster / 4-91

Manual climate control system / 4-92

Automatic climate control system / 4-101


Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-109

Storage compartments / 4-113

Interior features / 4-116

Audio system / 4-123

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


Record your key numberThe key code numberis stamped or printedon the key code tagattached to the key set.Should you lose yourkeys, this number will

enable an authorized HYUNDAI dealer toduplicate the keys easily. Remove thekey code tag and store it in a safe place.Also, record the Key code number andkeep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens, thestarter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

WARNING - Ignition key (Smart key)

Leaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key (smartkey) is dangerous even if the key isnot in the ignition switch or theengine start/stop button is ACC orON position. Children copy adultsand they could place the key in theignition switch or press the enginestart/stop button. The ignition key(smart key) would enable childrento operate power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children, when theEngine is running.


44

Smart key function1.Door lock2.Door unlock3.Tailgate unlock4.PanicWith a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even start theengine without inserting the key.Refer to the following for more details.

LockingUsing the door handle button

1.Close all doors, engine hood and tail-gate.

2.Press the button of the outside doorhandle.

3.The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound once.

4.Make sure that doors are locked bychecking the door lock button insidethe vehicle or pulling the outside doorhandle.

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the outside door handle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound for 3seconds if any of following occur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is in

ACC or ON position.- Any door except the tailgate is open.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OYF049213

WARNING - Smart keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the smart key is dan-gerous. Children copy adults andthey could press the engine start/stop button. It would enable chil-dren to operate power windows orother controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

OFS040008

4 5


Using the button on the smart key

1 Close all doors, engine hood and tail-gate.

2.Press the lock button(1).3.The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once.4.Make sure that doors are locked by

checking the door lock button inside orpulling the outside door handle.

UnlockingUsing the door handle

1.Press the button of the driver's outsidedoor handle.

2.The driver's door will unlock. The haz-ard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

3.Press the button once more within 4seconds.

4.All doors will unlock and the hazardwarning lights will blink and the chimewill sound two times.

❈ If you press the button of the front pas-senger's outside door handle whilecarrying the smart key, all doors willunlock. (if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the outside door handle.

• When the smart key is recognized inthe area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from thefront outside door handle, other peo-ple can also open the doors.

• After unlocking the driver's door orall doors, the door(s) will lock auto-matically unless the door is opened.


1.Press the unlock button (2) of thesmart key.

2.The driver's door will unlock. The haz-ard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound two times.

3.Press the unlock button (2) once morewithin 4 seconds.

4.All doors will unlock. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound two times.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter pressing the button, the doors willlock automatically unless any door isopened.


64

Tailgate unlockingUsing the tailgate handle button

1.Carry the smart key.2.Press the tailgate handle button.3.When all doors are locked, the hazard

warning lights will blink two times.Once the tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate will lock automati-cally.

✽✽ NOTICEThe button will only operate when thesmart key is within 28~40in. (0.7~1m)from the tailgate handle.


1.Press the tailgate unlock button(3) formore than 1 second.

2.When all doors are locked, the hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

Panic1.Press the panic button(4) for more than

1.5 second.2.The horn sounds and hazard warning

light flash for about 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICETo stop the horn and lights, press anybutton on the smart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer tothe "Engine start/stop button" in section5.

Loss of the smart keyA maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg-istered to a single vehicle.If you happen to lose your smart key, youwill not be able to start the engine. Youshould immediately take the vehicle andremaining key to your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer(tow the vehicle, if nec-essary) to protect it from potential theft.

Smart key precautions• The smart key will not work if any of

the following occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door with themechanical key and contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.• If the smart key is in close proximity to

your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the smart key could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phone isactive such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing thesmart key and your cell phone or smartphone in the same pants or jacketpocket and maintain adequate dis-tance between the two devices.

4 7


Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with an electron-ic engine immobilizer system to reducethe risk of unauthorized vehicle use.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the smart key andelectronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the buttonwhile carrying the smart key, it checksand determines and verifies if the smartkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the engine start/stop button to theON position by pressing the button whilecarrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button to theOFF position. The immobilizer systemactivates automatically. Without a validsmart key for your vehicle, the engine willnot start.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the smart key gets damp(due to drinks or moisture), or isheated, internal circuit may mal-function, excluding the car from thewarranty.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.


84

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er's vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your smart keyis an important part of the immobi-lizer system. It is designed to giveyears of trouble-free service, how-ever you should avoid exposure tomoisture, static electricity andrough handling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe smart key.The engine may not start becausethe metal accessories may interruptthe transponder signal from trans-mitting normally.

4 9


Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the battery witha new one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key can havea problem if exposed to moisture or stat-ic electricity. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart key.2. Replace the battery with a new battery

(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery position.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

CAUTION• The smart key is designed to give

you years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposedto moisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe smart key to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the smart key,don't drop it, get it wet, or exposeit to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health.

Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OBH048004


104

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed. If all doors, tailgate and hood areclosed, the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that all doors are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the horn will soundonce to confirm that the door is locked.However, if any door, tailgate or enginehood remains open, the hazard warninglights (and/or the horn) will not operate.But if all doors, tailgate and engine hoodare closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights willblink once.

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked. Alldoors are unlocked if the unlock button ispressed twice within 4 seconds.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceagain to indicate that all doors areunlocked. If no doors are opened within30 seconds after unlocking them, thedoors will automatically lock again.

✽✽ NOTICE - Unlock mode conversion(if equipped)

You can change the system to unlock alldoors by pressing the unlock button onthe transmitter. If you want this feature(central door unlock mode), perform thefollowing:

two stage unlock mode ↔↔ central doorunlock mode

The unlock mode is changed alternatelyby pressing the lock button and unlockbutton on the transmitter at the same timefor 5 seconds or more. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink four times to indicatethat the mode conversion is completed.

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will be lockedautomatically.

Panic (4)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 1.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button except the tailgate button onthe transmitter

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

ONF048011

4 11


Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may pre-vent the engine from being started.


124

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the transmitter could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phoneis active such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing thetransmitter and your cell phone orsmart phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and maintain adequatedistance between the two devices.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the transmitter gets damp(due to drinks or moisture), or isheated, internal circuit may mal-function, excluding the car from thewarranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 13


Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently

pry open the transmitter center cover.2. Replace the battery with a new battery

(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery position.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-ter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The transmitter is designed to

give you years of trouble-freeuse, however it can malfunction ifexposed to moisture or staticelectricity. If you are unsure howto use your transmitter or replacethe battery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health.

Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

ONF048120


144

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stageUsing the smart key (if equipped)Park the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine.2.Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and tailgate are closed andlatched.

3.Lock the doors by pressing the button ofthe front outside door handle with thesmart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights and chime willoperate once to indicate that the systemis armed.If any door remains open, the doors won'tlock and the chime will sound for 3 sec-onds. Close the door and try again to lockthe doors.If tailgate or engine hood remains open,the hazard warning lights and chimewon't operate and theft-alarm will notarm. After you close the tailgate andengine hood, the hazard warning lightsblink once.

Using the transmitter (if equipped)Park the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine and remove the

ignition key from the ignition switch.2.Make sure that all doors, the engine


3.Lock the doors by pressing the lockbutton on the transmitter.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed. If thelock button is pressed once more within 4seconds, hazard warning lights blink andthe horn sounds once to confirm that thesystem is armed.If any door, tailgate or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lights(or/and horn) won't operate and theft-alarm will not arm. After you close alldoors, tailgate and engine hood, the haz-ard warning lights blink once.

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

4 15


Using the mechanical keyPark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1.Turn off the engine and remove the key

from the ignition switch(if equipped).2.Make sure that all doors, the engine


3.Lock the doors by inserting the key intothe key hole on the front outside doorhandle and turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle.

If any door, tailgate or engine hoodremains open, the theft-alarm will notarm.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you lock or unlock the doors by usingthe mechanical key, the hazard warninglight won't operate.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A door is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key or mechani-cal key).

• The tailgate is opened without usingthe transmitter (or smart key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds.The alarm willrepeat once more unless the system isdisarmed. To turn off the system, unlockthe doors with the mechanical key ortransmitter or smart key.


164

Opening the tailgate with thealarm armed (if equipped)When the alarm is armed, the alarm willnot sound if the tailgate is opened withthe transmitter (or smart key).Once the tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate will be locked auto-matically and the system will be armedagain.Also, if any of the doors or hood isopened while the tailgate is open and thealarm is armed, the alarm will sound.

Disarmed stageUsing the smart key (if equipped)The system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the smart key or press-ing the lock/unlock button of the front out-side door handle with the smart key inyour possession.After unlocking the doors, the hazardwarning lights and chime will operatetwice to indicate that the system is dis-armed.After unlocking the doors, if any door isnot opened within 30 seconds, the sys-tem will be rearmed.

Using the transmitter (if equipped)The system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter.After unlocking the doors, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After unlocking the doors, if any door isnot opened within 30 seconds, the sys-tem will be rearmed.

Using the mechanical keyThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked with the mechanicalkey.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you lock or unlock the doors by usingthe mechanical key, the hazard warninglight and chime sound won't operate.

4 17


✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.


184

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.(if equipped)

• From the driver's door, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle once tounlock the driver's door and once morewithin 4 seconds to unlock all doors.(if equipped)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (or smartkey).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door locks

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

✽✽ NOTICE - Unlock mode conversion(if equipped)

You can change the system to unlock alldoors by turning the key to the right once.If you want this feature (central doorunlock mode), perform the following:

two stage unlock mode ↔↔ central doorunlock mode

The unlock mode is changed alternatelyby pressing the lock button and unlockbutton on the transmitter at the same timefor 4 seconds or more. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink four times to indicatethat the mode conversion is completed.

DOOR LOCKS

OFS040009

UnlockLock

WARNING• If you don't close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone's bodyand hands are not trapped whenclosing the door.

4 19


In case of an emergency If the power door lock switch does notoperate electrically, the only way to lockthe door(s) is with the ignition key fromthe outside key hole.Doors without the outside key hole, youcan lock the door as follows:1. Open the door.2. Lock doors by pushing each lock but-

ton.3. Close the door securely.

Once the tailgate is closed when thepower door lock switch does not operateelectrically, you will not be able to openthe tailgate.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the "Unlock" position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the "Lock" position. If thedoor is locked properly, the red mark(2) on the button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle on either frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the locked position, the doorwill unlock and open.

• Front door cannot be locked if the igni-tion key is in the ignition switch and thedoor is open.

• A door cannot be locked if the smartkey is in the vehicle and any door isopen.

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

OFS040011

WARNINGDo not pull the inner door handle ofdriver's (or passenger's) door whilethe vehicle is moving.


204

With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central doorlock switch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andfront door is open, the doors will notlock even though the front portion (1)of central door lock switch is pressed.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle andany door is open, the doors will notlock even though the front portion(1) ofcentral door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

OFS040012

OFS042223N

■ Driver side

■ Passenger side

4 21


Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch is ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will automatically lock after thevehicle speed exceeds 12.4 mph (20km/h).For deactivation of this feature, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Turn the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lock( ) position (1). When the child safe-ty lock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even though theinner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (2).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle until the rear door childsafety lock is unlocked.

OFS040013

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle, resulting in severe injury ordeath. To prevent children fromopening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

WARNINGIf people must spend a longer timein the vehicle while it is very hot orcold outside, there is risk ofinjuries or danger to life. Do notlock the vehicle from the outsidewhen there are people in it.


224

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter, smart key orcentral door lock/unlock switch.

• When all doors are locked and the tail-gate unlock button on the smart key ispressed for more than 1 second, thetailgate will unlock. Once the tailgate isopened and then closed, the tailgate islocked automatically.If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates door lock and

door mechanisms may not work prop-erly due to freezing conditions.

• When jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle, donot operate the tailgate. This couldcause the tailgate to close improperly.

TAILGATE

OFS040014

WARNING• Do not put any object on the cov-

ering shelf. If the vehicle sudden-ly stops or makes a curve, theobject may injure passengers.

• Watch out for the edge of the cov-ering shelf, when you are usingthe luggage room.You may injureyourself.

CAUTIONDo not put any heavy object on thecovering shelf. It may damage thecovering shelf.

4 23


Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, the tailgate can beopened by inserting the key or screwdriver to hole and pushing the tailgate.

WARNINGAlways keep the tailgate complete-ly closed while the vehicle is inmotion. If it is left open or ajar, poi-sonous exhaust gases containingcarbon monoxide (CO) may enterthe vehicle and serious illness ordeath may result.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

OFS040015 OFS040016


244

Shelf disassembly and install-ment1. Disassemble the wires(1) connected

to left and right fixed hook.2. Push the shelf(2) up and disassemble

the shelf.3. To install the shelf, push the shelf

down at original position and fix thewire to position(1)

WARNING• For emergency, be fully aware of

the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever inthis vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the emergency tailgate safe-ty release for emergency only.Use extreme caution, especiallywhile the vehicle is in motion.

OFS031049

CAUTIONWhen you close the tailgate, checkthe shelf position. Be careful not tocollide the shelf and tailgate. If not,the shelf may be damaged.

4 25


(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger's door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (right) power window

switch(4) Window opening and closing(5) Automatic power window*(6) Power window lock switch*

* if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OFS040017


264

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a master power window switchthat controls all the windows in the vehi-cle. Also, a power window lock switchwhich that can block the operation of rearpassenger windows. The power windowscan be operated for approximately 30seconds after the ignition key is removedor turned to the ACC or LOCK position.However, if the front doors are opened,the power windows cannot be operatedwithin the 30 seconds period.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) opened (or partiallyopened), your vehicle may demon-strate a wind buffeting or pulsationnoise. This noise is a normal occur-rence and can be reduced or eliminat-ed by taking the following actions. Ifthe noise occurs with the rear win-dows down, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. Ifyou experience the noise with the sun-roof open, slightly reduce the size ofthe sunroof opening

Window opening and closingType A

To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (4).

OFS040018

■ Type A

WARNING To avoid serious injury or death, donot extend your head, arms or bodyoutside the windows while driving.

WARNING Do not install any accessories inthe area of windows. It may impactjam protection.

4 27


Type B - Auto down window (if equipped)

Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the windoweven when the switch is released. To stopthe window at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up theswitch momentarily to the opposite direc-tion of the window movement.If the window can not be close because itis blocked by objects, remove the objectsand close the window.

Type C - Auto up/down window (if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (5) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power windowsystem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.2. Close the window and continue pulling

up the power window switch for atleast 1 second after the window iscompletely closed.

Automatic reversal (if equipped)

If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

OFS040019

■ Type C

OFS032063NOLM049022

■ Type B


284

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thewindow is only active when the "autoup" feature is used by fully pulling upthe switch.

Power window lock buttonThe driver can disable the power windowswitches on the front and rear passen-gers' doors by pressing the power windowlock switch to lock position (pressed).When the power window lock switchis pressed, the driver's master controlcannot operate the front and rear pas-sengers' power windows.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

OFS040020

WARNING The automatic reverse featuredoesn't activate while resettingpower window system. Make surebody parts or other objects aresafely out of the way before closingthe windows to avoid injuries orvehicle damage. If an object lessthan 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter iscaught between the window glassand the upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window may notdetect the resistance and will notstop and reverse direction.

4 29


Opening the hood 1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and lift thehood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raisedhalfway.WARNING

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting theshift lever to the P (Park) positionfor EcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion and to the 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxle, andsetting the parking brake.

OFS040021 OFS045022L

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil-dren, when the Engine is running.

• NEVER leave any child unattend-ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver's door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.

HOOD


304

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approx-imately 12 inches (30 cm) from theclosed position) and push down tosecurely lock in place. Then doublecheck to be sure the hood is secure.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. Driving withthe hood opened may cause atotal loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

4 31


Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling the fuel fillerlid opener switch.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener switch.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it clicks one time. This indicates thatthe cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OFS043224N

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the fuel cap openwarning light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

OFS040024


324

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

4 33


(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


344

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm be sure to wipe off any water thatis on the sunroof before operating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is in theslide position but can slide while in a tiltposition.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OFS040026

CAUTION• Do not continue to move the sun-

roof control lever after the sun-roof is fully opened, closed, or tilt-ed. Damage to the motor or sys-tem components could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closedfully when leaving your vehicle. Ifthe sunroof is open, rain or snowmay leak through the sunroof andwet the interior as well as causetheft.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or rollerblind while driving.This could resultin loss of control and an accidentthat may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

WARNING A sunroof is made of glass, there-fore it may break in an accident. Ifyou do not have your seat belt on,you may go through the brokenglass and get injured or killed. Forall passengers safety, have anappropriate protection on (ex. Seatbelt, CRS, etc.).

4 35


Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the sunshade.To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward.

To open the sunroof automatically:

Pull the sunroof control lever backward tothe second detent and then release it.The sunroof will automatically slide openall the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof ;

Pull the sunroof control lever forward untilthe sunroof is closed.To stop the sunroof sliding while closing,release sunroof control lever. Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunshade is closing auto-matically, it will reverse the direction, andthen stop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the sunroofsash. You should always check that allpassengers and objects are away fromthe sunroof before closing it.

OFS040028

WARNING Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) isdiameter caught between the sun-roof glass and the front glass chan-nel may not be detected by the auto-matic reverse glass and the glasswill not stop and reverse direction.

OFS042027N

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the sunroofand the motor, do not continue topress the sunroof control lever afterthe sunroof is in the fully open,closed or tilt position(s).


364

Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the sunshade.To open the sunroof, push the sunroof con-trol lever upward. To close the sunroof,push the sunroof control lever forward untilthe sunroof moves to the desired position.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter washing the vehicle or after a rain,be sure to wipe off the water on the sun-roof before operating the sunroof.

OFS040029

WARNING• Make sure heads, other body

parts or other objects are safelyout of the way before closing thesunroof to avoid injuries or vehi-cle damage.

• Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This maycause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

• To avoid serious injury or death,do not extend your head, arms orbody outside the sunroof whiledriving.

• In order to prevent accidentaloperation of the sunroof, espe-cially by a child, do not let a childoperate the sunroof.

• Do not sit on the top of the vehi-cle. It may cause vehicle damage.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the sunroofguide rail or between the sunroofand roof panel which can make anoise.

• Do not try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice as themotor could be damaged. In coldand wet climates, the sunroofmay not work properly.

4 37


Closing the sunroofTo close the sunroof glass with thesunshadePush the sunroof control lever forwarduntil the sunroof is closed.After the sunroof is closed, push the sun-roof control lever forward to close thesunshade automatically.To stop the sunroof movement whileclosing, release the sunroof control lever.

SunshadeThe sunshade will automatically open,when you push the sunroof control leverbackward to the first detent and thenrelease it.The sunshade will automatically close,when you push the sunroof control leverforward and then release it.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form on theblind because of its material character-istic.

Resetting the sunroofSunroof needs to be reset if (in the fol-lowings)- Battery is discharged or disconnected

or the related fuse has been replacedor disconnected

- The one-touch sliding function of thesunroof does not normally operate

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the sunroof.3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever forward

in the direction of close (about 10 sec-onds) until the sunroof and sunshademove a little.

Then, release the lever.

Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close until the sun-roof operetes as follows:

SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN →SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE →SUNSHADE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.

OFS040030


384

Electric power steering (EPS)The power steering uses a motor toassist you in steering the vehicle. If theengine is off or if the power steering sys-tem becomes inoperative, the vehiclemay still be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by a power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering effort increases as the vehi-cle's speed increases and the effortdecreases as the vehicle's speeddecreases for optimum steering control.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate when turning the ignition tothe ON position.

• The steering effort increases afterturning the ignition switch on. Thishappens as the system performs theEPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK (OFF)position.

• A motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the vehicle checked as soon aspossible.

(Continued)

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate normal-ly, the warning light will illuminateon the instrument cluster. Thesteering wheel may become diffi-cult to control or operate abnor-mally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the vehicle checked as soonas possible.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperatures, anabnormal noise could occur. Iftemperature rises, the noise willdisappear. This is a normal condi-tion.

• When the vehicle is stationary, ifyou turn the steering wheel all theway to the left or right repeatedly,the steering wheel assist maytemporarily be reduced, not asystem malfunction. As timepasses. The steering wheel returnto normal operation.

4 39


(Continued)• When you operate the steering wheel

in low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

• When the charging system warninglight comes on or the voltage is low(When the alternator (or battery) doesnot operate normally or it malfunc-tions), the steering effort may increaseand may become difficult to controlnormal.

Tilt steering / Tilt and telescopesteeringTilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) (if equipped) and height (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OFS040031

(if equipped)


404

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

OFS040032

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

4 41


MIRRORS Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of thevehicles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Blue Link® center• (Blue Link) button

Press the (Blue Link) button to requestinquiries, consultation,POI download, Manual service, orDiagnostic service, etc related to blueLink service.Press the (Blue Link) button to finishthe call.For the details, refer to the Blue Link®

Owner's Guide.

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror anddo not install a wide mirror. It couldresult in injury, during an accidentor deployment of the air bag.

OAM049023

Day

Night

OFS042222N


424

• (POI IVR) buttonPress the (POI IVR) button for naviga-tion-related services.Press the (POI IVR) button to finish thecall.For the details, refer to the Blue Link®

Owner's Guide.

• (SOS) buttonPress the SOS for SOS EmergencyAssistance.Press the SOS button to finish the call.For the details, refer to the Blue Link®

Owner's Guide.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

4 43


Electric type

The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, theignition switch should be in the ACC orON position, or engine is running. Pushthe switch (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the switch intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

1LDA2083AOFS040034

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary; the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the mirror.


444

Blind zone mirror (BZM)The blind zone mirror (BZM) is supple-mental mirror to reduce a driver's blindspot that will show the rear side territoryof your vehicle. The blind spot mirror isequipped with the driver's outsiderearview mirror.

WARNING • Always check the road condition

while driving for unexpected situ-ations even though the vehicle isequipped with a blind spot mirror.

• The blind spot mirror is a devicemade for convenience. Do notsolely rely on the mirror butalways pay attention to drivesafely.

OFS053068

OFS043249

CAUTIONDo not remove ice from the mirrorswith scraper or attempt to readjustthe glass of mirrors if it is frozen inplace. These actions could causedamage to the glass and mirrors.Do not clean the glass of any mirrorwith harsh abrasives, fuel or otherpetroleum-based on cleaning prod-ucts.

4 45


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OFS045332N/OFS045333N

■ Type A

■ Type B

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. Engine temperature gauge

6. Fuel gauge

7. Odometer/Tripmeter*/LCD Display*

* if equipped

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.


464

OFS045334N

■ Type C

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. Engine temperature gauge

6. Fuel gauge

7. Odometer/Tripmeter*/LCD Display*

* if equipped

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

4 47


Instrument panel illuminationPress the illumination control switch toadjust the instrument panel illuminationintensity.The vehicle's parking lights or headlightsshould be on to adjust the instrumentpanel illumination.

Gauges

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

OFS040038

OFS045327L

■ Type B

■ Type C

OFS045039N

OFS045324L

■ Type A


484

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachome-ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-tion with the engine OFF. This movementis normal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine is run-ning.

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto "If the engine overheats" in section 6.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

OFS045329L

■ Type B

■ Type C

OFS045041L

OFS045042L

■ Type A

OFS040043

OFS045330E

■ Type A ■ Type B

■ Type C

4 49


Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearempty.

On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugemay fluctuate or the low fuel warning lightmay come on earlier than usual due tothe movement of fuel in the tank.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

CAUTIONIf the gauge moves beyond the nor-mal range area toward the "H" posi-tion, it indicates overheating thatmay damage the engine.

WARNING Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

OFS040044

OFS045331E


■ Type C


504

Odometer (mi. or km)

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomputercontrolling the driver information system.It displays information related to drivingon the LCD screen when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. If the batteryis disconnected, then all stored drivinginformation (except odometer) is reset.

■ Trip Modes (For Type A and B cluster)

Press the TRIP button for less than 1second to select any mode as follows:

OFS042140A

OFS045360N


■ Type COFS040045

* if equipped

Tripmeter B

Instant fuel consumption

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption

Elapsed time

Average speed

Distance to service*

User setting*

4 51


■ Trip Modes (For Type C cluster)

Press the TRIP button for less than 1second to select any mode as follows:

Tripmeter (mi. or km)TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Average speed (MPH or km/h)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps changing while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

• Tripmeter [A]• Average Vehicle Speed [A]• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]• Average Vehicle Speed [B]• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

• Distance To Empty

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

Service Mode

User settings Mode

FUEL ECONOMY

OFS042141R


■ Type C

OFS045361N

OFS045388N


■ Type C

OFS045361N


524

Elapsed timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps increasing while theengine is running.The meter's working range is from00:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed, clears the driving time tozero (00:00).

Distance to empty (mi. or km)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 1 miles (1km), "---" will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter's working range is from 1 to9,999 miles (1 to 9,999 km).

Average fuel economy (if equipped)(MPG or L/100 km)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average econ-omy reset. The total fuel used is calculat-ed from the fuel consumption input. Foran accurate calculation, drive more than0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average fueleconomy is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (----).


■ Type C

OFS045361N

OFS045386N


■ Type C

OFS045363N

OFS045387N


■ Type C

OFS045363N

OFS042142N/OFS042142C

4 53


If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH(1km/h) after being refueled with morethan 1.6 gallons (6 l), the average fueleconomy will be cleared to zero (----).

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped) (MPG or L/100 km)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption of the last few seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the "Distance to empty" functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, driving habits,and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This may differ from the actual driv-ing distance available.

OFS045143N


■ Type C

OFS045363N


544

Distance to service (if equipped)After selecting the maintenance ofengine oil, if service is required, a corre-sponding message will be displayed.

Maintenance (if equipped)

1. When the vehicle is at a standstill,pressing the TRIP button for more than2 seconds with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position orengine running, the LCD display onthe cluster will change to the "UserSetting" mode.You can move to the items by pressingthe TRIP button and select the item bypressing the RESET button.

2. In the "User Setting" mode select"Maintenance".

3. Select the desired maintenanceschedule.

4. If finished, you can come out of theMaintenance mode by pressing theTRIP button for more than 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEIf service is required, "Engine oil servicerequired" message will be displayed.If you would like to reset or deactivatethe maintenance system, press the resetbutton.The display will change to "Oil ServiceMessage" mode.You can move to items by pressing theTRIP button and select the desired itemsby pressing the RESET button.

OFS042144C

■ Type B

OFS042161L

■ Type B

4 55


Service Mode (if equipped)Service in

It calculates and displays when you needa scheduled maintenance service(mileage or days).If the remaining mileage or time reaches900 mi (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Servicein" message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the ignitionswitch or Engine Start/Stop Button to theON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle servicedaccording to the already inputted serviceinterval, "Service required" message isdisplayed for several seconds each timeyou set the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.To reset the service interval to the mileageand days you inputted before:Press the RESET button for more than 1second.

Service in OFF

If the service interval is not set, "Servicein OFF" message is displayed on theLCD display.

✽✽ NOTICEIf any of the following conditions occurs,the mileage and days may be incorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

OFS045380N

■ Type C

OFS045381N

■ Type C

OFS045382L

■ Type C


564

User settings mode (if equipped)When the vehicle is at a standstill, press-ing the TRIP button for more than 2 sec-onds with the engine start/stop button inthe ON position or engine running, theLCD screen on the cluster will change tothe vehicle setting mode.You can change the item by pressing theTRIP button and choose the item bypressing the RESET button.

Auto door lock (if equipped)

Off - The auto door lock operation will becanceled.

Speed - All doors will be automaticallylocked when the vehicle speedexceeds 12.4 mph (20 km/h).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally locked if the shift leveris shifted from the P(Park)position to the R(Reverse),N(Neutral) or D(Drive) posi-tion.

Auto door unlock (if equipped)

Off - The auto door unlock operation willbe canceled.

Key Out - All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when the ignition keyis removed from ignition switch(or smart key is removed fromthe smart key holder).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally unlocked if the shiftlever is shifted to theP(Park) position.

OFS042160L/OFS045365L

■ Type B ■ Type C

4 57


Headlamp escort

On - If you turn the ignition switch to theACC or OFF position with the head-lamp ON, the headlamps remain onfor about 20 minutes. And the headlamp welcome operation will beactivated. Refer to the [LIGHTING]in this chapter.

Off - The headlamp escort and head-lamp welcome operation will becanceled.

Auto Triple Turn (One-touch triple turnsignal) (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the lane changesignals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times when theturn signal lever is moved slightly.

AVG fuel economy

Off (Disable) - The average fuel econo-my will reset when theRESET button presses formore than 1 second.

After ignition - The average fuel economywill reset automatically whenthe Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the OFF position during4 hours.

After refueling - The average fuel econo-my will rest automaticallywhen the vehicle speedexceeds 1km/h after refu-eling 6L or more.

Oil service Message

When a notification message is dis-played on LCD screen, press the RESETbutton to go to the notification settingsscreen.Off - Alarm function will be canceled.Complete Reset - The notification period

will be reset to the pre-vious settings.

Remind Later - The notification functionwill be suspended tem-porarily.

Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate the serv-ice interval function with mileage (km ormi.) and period (months).Off - The service interval function will be

deactivated.On - You can set the service interval

(mileage and months).


584

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after operatingfor about 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

4 59


If the ABS warning light turns on whiledriving

1. Park the vehicle in a safe place andturn off the engine.

2. Turn on the engine again.3. If the warning light illuminates and

turns off in approximately 3 seconds,the system is operating normally.

If the warning light does not turn off, haveyour vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglight

If these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with the ABSand EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING If the both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.


604

Seat belt warning

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" position.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withinterval 24 seconds. If the driver's seatbelt is buckled, the light will stop within6 seconds and chime will stop immedi-ately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

Turn signal indicator

The blinking arrows on the instrumentpanel show the direction indicated by theturn signals. If the arrow comes on butdoes not blink, blinks more rapidly thannormal, or does not illuminate at all, amalfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-BlinkChime-Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 3 mph(5 km/h)

6 seconds None

3 mph~6 mph

6 seconds

Above 6 mph (10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph(10 km/h)

↓

Below 3 mph (5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

4 61


High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Tail light indicator

This indicator illuminates when the taillights are on.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.


624

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning

This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with a dual-diagonal braking system.This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the brake circuits is damaged ormalfunctions. With only one of the circuitsworking, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are requiredto stop the car. Also, the car will not stopin as short a distance with only a portionof the brake system working. If thebrakes fail while you are driving, shift to alower gear for additional engine brakingand stop the car as soon as it is safe todo so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale illuminateswhen one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly underinflated.Inflate your tires to the correct inflationpressure.The low tire pressure telltale will illumi-nate after it blinks for approximately oneminute when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter 6.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on tires with lowpressure will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

4 63


Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to help save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear).

EcoShift dual clutch transmissionshift indicator (if equipped)

The indicatordisplays whichEcoShift dualclutch transmis-sion shift lever isselected.

In DS mode, the "S" indicator displayswith "SPORTS" indicator in cluster. Formore detailed information about DSmode, refer to the chapter 5.

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.


644

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a mal-function exists somewhere in the elec-trical charging system. Have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer check thesystem as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the charging system warninglight comes on or the voltage is low(when the alteranator (or battery) doesnot operate normally or it malfunc-tions), the steering wheel may get heavyand become difficult to control operateabnormally.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition in any position.

Door open warning light

This indicator illuminates when a door isnot closed securely.

Immobilizer indicator(if equipped)

Without smart key system

This light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 65


With smart key system (if equipped)

If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or thelight goes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the engine start/stop button is pressedto the ON position, the indicator willilluminate until the engine is started.However, when the smart key is not inthe vehicle, if the engine start/stop but-ton is depressed, the indicator will blinkfor a few minutes to indicate that youwill not be able to start the engine.

• When the ignition switch is pressed tothe ON position and the indicator turnsoff after 2 seconds, the system mayneed repair. Have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the enginestart/stop button is depressed, the indi-cator will blink and you will not be ableto start the engine. However, you maystill be able to start the engine bypressing the engine start/stop buttonwith the smart key. If smart key systemrelated parts need repair, the indicatorblinks.

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below "E" can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

Malfunction indicator light(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.


664

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions. Under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESC light will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESC will oper-ate, and the ESC indicator will blink toindicate the ESC is operating.The ESC indicator stays on when theESC may have a malfunction. Take yourcar to an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked.

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Malfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Malfunction Indicator Lightilluminates or blinks, potentialcatalytic converter damage ispossible. This could result in lossof engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected assoon as possible by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 67


Cruise indicator (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pushedagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to "Cruisecontrol system or Smart cruise controlsystem" in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (SET- or RES+)is pushed. The cruise SET indicator lightdoes not illuminate when the cruise con-trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or thesystem is disengaged.

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warninglight

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out.This light also comes on when the EPSneeds repairs. If it comes on while driv-ing, have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Steering effort may increase significantlyif this lamp illuminates. See EPS systemin this section.

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)Without smart key

If the driver's door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thishelps prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver's door is closed.

With smart key

If the driver's door is opened while thesmart key is in the vehicle with theengine start/stop button in ACC, the keyreminder warning chime will sound.The chime sounds until the driver's dooris closed.

CRUISE

SET


684

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, if any door is open, the sys-tem checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-cator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will turnoff while the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle.

Fuel cap open warningindicator (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the fuel fillercap is not secure.Always make sure that the fuel filler capis tight.

Washer Fluid Warning Light(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

When the washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.In this case, you should refill the washerfluid.

KEYOUT

4 69


LCD display warning (if equipped)Shift to "P" position If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will turn tothe ACC position. If the button is pressedonce more it will turn to the ON position.The warning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for about 10 seconds to indicate thatyou should press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) position to turn off the engine.Also, the warning chime sounds for about10 seconds. (if equipped)

Low key battery If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the OFF position when the smart keyin the vehicle discharges, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds. Also, the warning chimesounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press start button while turn steering If the steering wheel does not unlock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton is pressed, the warning illumi-nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display.Also, the warning chime sounds onceand the ENGINE START/STOP buttonlight blinks for 10 seconds.When you are warned, press theENGINE START/STOP button while turn-ing the steering wheel right and left.

OFS042148L/OFS045310L


OFS042151L/OFS045308L


OFS042152L/OFS045370L



704

Check steering wheel lock systemIf the steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton turns to the OFF position, thewarning illuminates for 10 seconds onthe LCD display. Also, the warning chimesounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINESTART/STOP button light blinks for 10seconds.

Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing thebrake pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

Press clutch pedal to start engine (Manual transaxle)If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing theclutch pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress theclutch pedal to start the engine.

OFS045383L/OFS045375L


OFS045153L/OFS045309L


OFS045154L/OFS045314L


4 71


Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in theACC, ON, or START position, the warn-ing illuminates on the LCD display. Also,the chime sounds for 5 seconds whenthe smart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobilizer indicator blinks for10 seconds.

Press start button againIf you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally or the theft alarm system is armed.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.

OFS042145L/OFS045306L


OFS045374L/OFS045373L


OFS042146L/OFS045312L



724

Press start button with smart key If you press the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton while the warning "Key is notdetected" illuminates the warning"Please press the start button with smartkey" illuminates for 10 seconds on theLCD display. Also, the immobilizer indica-tor blinks for 10 seconds.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuseWhen the stop lamp fuse is disconnect-ed, the warning illuminates for 10 sec-onds on the LCD display.Replace the fuse with a new one. If thatis not possible you can start the engineby pressing the ENGINE START/STOPbutton for 10 seconds in ACC.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engineIf you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P(Park) or N(Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N(Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P(Park) position.

OFS042147L/OFS045311L


OFS045150L/OFS045315L


OFS042149L/OFS045313L


4 73


Low washer fluid (if equipped)This warning message illuminates on theservice reminder mode if the washer fluidlevel in the reservoir is nearly empty.It means that you should refill the washerfluid.

Door openIt displays the corresponding door or tail-gate that is not closed securely.

Low Tire PressureWhen one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under inflated, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display.

OFS045321L/OFS045316L


OFS042156L/OFS045156L


OFS045352L/OFS045305L


CAUTIONBefore driving the vehicle, youshould confirm that the door/tail-gate is fully closed. Also, checkthere is no door/tailgate open warn-ing light or message displayed onthe instrument cluster.


744

Rear parking assist warning(if equipped)It displays the area an obstacle is detect-ed while moving rearward.For details, refer to "Rear parking assistsystem" in section 4.

OFS045372L/OFS045371L


4 75


REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 47 in. (120cm) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system will activate when the indi-

cator on the rear parking assist OFFbutton is not illuminated.If you desire to deactivate the rear park-ing assist system, press the rear parkingassist OFF button again. (The indicatoron the button will illuminate.) To turn thesystem on, press the button again. (Theindicator on the button will go off.)

• This system will activate when backingup with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over10 km/h (6 mph), the system may notbe activated correctly.

WARNING The rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

OFS040080

Sensors

OFS040136


764

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 47 in. (120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120

cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of the sensor.7. Trailer towing.

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in.(1 m) and narrower than 6 in. (14 cm) indiameter.

4 77


Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;it can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

Self-diagnosis (if equipped)When you shift the gear to the R(Reverse) position and if one or more ofthe below occurs you may have a mal-function in the rear parking assist sys-tem.• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently.

If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

WARNING Pay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object'sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visualinspection to make sure the vehicleis clear of all obstructions beforemoving the vehicle in any direction.

WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.


784

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the Rposition.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe monitor while backing-up.

✽✽ NOTICEThe rearview camera may not operatenormally, in extremely high or lowtemperatures (operating temperature :-13°F~149°F (-20°C~65°C)).

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNING • This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirror and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera maynot operate normally.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OFS040081

OFS040082

OFS042083N

4 79


LIGHTINGBattery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key (smartkey : turns off the engine) and opensthe driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed(smart key : turns off the engine), per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlamp delay (if equipped)If you turn the ignition switch to the ACCor OFF position with the headlights ON,the headlights remain on for about 5 min-utes. However, if the driver's door isopened and closed, the headlights areturned off after 15 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning thelight switch to the OFF or Auto position.However, if you turn the light switch to theAuto position when it is dark outside, theheadlights will not be turned off.

Headlamp welcome function(if equipped)When the headlight switch is in the ON orAUTO position and all doors (and tail-gate) are closed and locked, if you pressthe door unlock button on the transmitter(or smart key), the headlights will comeon for about 15 seconds.If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the function can only operate atnight.At this time, if you press the door unlockbutton again or door lock button on thetransmitter (or smart key), the headlightswill turn off immediately.

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (other than thedriver's door), the battery saverfunction does not operate and theheadlamp delay does not turn offautomatically. This will cause thebattery to be discharged. In thiscase, make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.


804

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) will turnon when the light switch is in the AUTOposition or DRL position.Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will turn OFF when:1. The headlight is ON.2. Engine stops.3. If the multifuntion switch is on DRL

OFF position or OFF position.4. Parking brake ON.

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)(5) DRL ON position (if equipped)

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, position andlicense plate lights will turn on and thetail light indicator will turn on.

OFS043234

OFS043235

■ Type A

■ Type BOFS043238

OFS043237

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 81


Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition the head, tail, license and instru-ment panel lights will turn on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel.This will ensure better auto-light system control.

• Don't clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which could inter-fere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OFS043240

OFS043239

■ Type A

■ Type B

OFS043084


824

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

WARNING Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver's vision.

OFS043241

OFS043242

■ Type A

■ Type BOFS043243

OFS043244

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 83


Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating.

They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

One-touch triple turn signal (One Touch Turn Signal) (if equipped)To activate the one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3 (5 or 7, ifequipped) times.

You can activate/deactivate the OneTouch Turn Signal function or choose thenumber of blinking (3, 5, or 7) from theUser Settings Mode on the LCD display(if equipped).

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit.

OFS043245

OFS043246

■ Type A

■ Type B


844

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch (1) is turned toON after the headlights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor orunnecessary battery drain couldoccur.OFS043247

OFS043248

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 85


WIPERS AND WASHERS

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes*

D : Rear wiper/washer control*· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*

* : if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

OAM049100N OAM049048N


864

Windshield washers (front) In the Off position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

OYF049101

WARNING Do not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

4 87


Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.ON - Normal wiper operationINT - Intermittent wipe OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

OAM049103N OXM049125


884

Automatic turn off function (if equipped) The interior lights automatically turn offapproximately 20 minutes after the igni-tion switch is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with the theftalarm system, the interior lights automat-ically turn off approximately 5 secondsafter the system is in the armed stage.

Map lamp Push the lens (1) to turn the map lamp onor off. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map lamp at night oras a personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.• DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map

lamp and the room lamp comeon when any door is openedregardless of the ignitionswitch position.

OMD040096

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

WARNING Do not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. Accidents couldhappen because the view may beobscured by interior lights.

4 89


When doors are unlocked bythe transmitter (or smart key),the map lamp and the roomlamp come on for approximate-ly 30 seconds as long as anydoor is not open. The map lampand the room lamp goes outgradually after approximately 30seconds if the door is closed.However, if the ignition switch isON or all doors are locked, themap lamp and the room lampwill turn off immediately. If adoor is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCKposition, the map lamp and theroom lamp stay on for about 20minutes. However, if a door isopened with the ignition switchin the ON position, the maplamp and the room lamp stay oncontinuously.

• ON : Map lamp and room lamp stay onat all times.

• OFF : The lights turn off even if a dooris opened.❈ When the lamp is turned ON by

pressing the lens (1) the lampdoes not turn off even if theswitch (2) is in the OFF position.

Room lamp (if equipped)• ON (1):In the ON position, the light stays on at alltimes.

• DOOR (2) :In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter (or smart key), the light comes onfor approximately 30 seconds as long asany door is not open. The light goes outgradually after approximately 30 secondsif the door is closed. However, if the igni-tion switch is ON or all doors are locked,the light will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• OFF (3) :In the OFF position, the light stays off atall times even when a door is open.

ORB040361


904

Tailgate room lampThe tailgate room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

✽✽ NOTICEMake sure to close the tailgate securely.If it remains open while engine is notrunning, it may cause battery dischargebecause luggage room lamp remains on.

Vanity mirror lampPush the switch to turn the light on or off.• : The lamp will turn on if this button

is pressed.• : The lamp will turn off if this button

is pressed.

Glove box lamp(if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.

OLM049105

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Always have the switch in the offposition when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisor isclosed without the lamp off, it maydischarge the battery or damagethe sunvisor.

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, close the glove boxsecurely after using the glove box.

OFS040133OFS040089

CAUTIONThe tailgate room lamp comes onas long as the tailgate lid opens. Toprevent unnecessary charging sys-tem drain, close the tailgate lidsecurely after using the tailgateroom.

4 91


✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to "Windshielddefrosting and defogging" in this sec-tion. Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.

The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OFS040090


924

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. A/C (Air conditioning) button2. Air intake control button3. Rear window defroster button4. Mode selection button5. Fan speed control knob6. Temperature control knob7. Front windshield defroster button8. Max A/C button

OFS040091

4 93


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OFS040093N


944

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield, side windowdefrosters, and side vents.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters,and side vents.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side vents.

OFS040092

4 95


MAX A/C-Level (B, D)To operate the MAX A/C, turn the fanspeed control knob to the right thenpress the MAX A/C button. Air flow isdirected toward the upper body and face.Be sure to adjust the instrument panelvents towards the occupants accordinglyfor maximum cooling effectiveness.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.After the interior as cooled sufficiently,resume to normal A/C mode to allow out-side fresh air position.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature inside thevehicle, turn the knob to the right forwarm air or left for cooler air.

OFS040095 OFS040096OFS040094


964

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of theair conditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessivelydry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recircu-lated air position may allow humid-ity to increase inside the vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

OFS040097

4 97


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the"0" position turns off the fan.

To turn off the blowersTo turn off the blowers, turn the fanspeed control knob to the "0" position.

Air conditioning (if equipped)Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

OFS040098 OFS043098A OFS040099


984

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

Operation Tips

• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioningHYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the reticulated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

4 99


✽✽ NOTICE• While using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the engine temperaturegauge closely while driving up hills orin heavy traffic when outside temper-atures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the engine temperaturegauge indicates engine overheating.

• Opening the windows in humidweather while air conditioning oper-ates may create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage to electri-cal equipment, air conditioningshould only be used with the windowsclosed.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

• If you operate air conditioner exces-sively, the difference between the tem-perature of the outside air and that ofthe windshield could cause the outersurface of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In this case,set the mode selection knob or buttonto the position and fan speed con-trol to the lower speed.


1004

Climate control air filterThe climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

OMG075033

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

WARNINGFor more detailed information, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper service may cause seri-ous injury to the person performingthe service.

4 101


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. A/C (Air conditioning) button2. Air intake control button3. Rear window defroster button4. Mode selection button5. Temperature control knob6. Fan speed control button7. Auto button8. OFF button9. Front windshield defroster button10. Climate information button

OFS040100


1024

Automatic heating and air condi-tioning1.Push the AUTO button. It is indicated

by AUTO on the display.The modes, fan speeds, air intake andair-conditioning will be controlled auto-matically by temperature setting.

2.Turn the temperature control knob toset the desired temperature.

✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation off,

select any button of the following:- Mode selection button- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time todeselect the front windshielddefroster function. The AUTO signwill illuminate on the informationdisplay once again.)

- Fan speed control knobThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other functionsoperate automatically.

• For your convenience and to improvethe effectiveness of the climate con-trol, use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 73°F/23°C.

• Regardless of the temperature setting,when using automatic operation, theair conditioning system can automati-cally turn on to decrease the humidityinside the vehicle, even if the tempera-ture is set to warm.

OFS040101 OFS040105

4 103


✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except AUTO button whileautomatic operation, the functions notselected will be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system on.Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

OFS040103OFS045102L


1044

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost mode

When you select the defrost mode, thefollowing system settings will be madeautomatically:• The air conditioning system will be

turned on.• The outside(fresh) air position will be

selected.• The fan speed will be set to the high

speed.To turn the defrost mode off, press themode button or defrost button again orAUTO button.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet port can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OFS040095OFS040104

4 105


Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

Temperature conversion

This allows you to set the unit of the dis-tance and the temperature to the celsiusand the fahrenheit on your navigationsystem.- Temperature: Change the temperature

between the “F” and “C”.

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OFS040106OFS040105


1064

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton does not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating in recirculated airposition will cause fogging of the wind-shield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected, will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

4 107


Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlswitch. To change the fan speed, press( ) the switch for higher speed, orpush ( ) the switch for lower speed.To turn the fan speed control off, pressthe front blower OFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you push the "CLIMATE" button,the climate information will be dis-played on screen.

OFS040109OFS040108OFS040107


1084

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGFor more detailed information, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper service may cause seri-ous injury to the person performingthe service.

4 109


WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-

perature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed controlto the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except "0" posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. Additionally, the air con-ditioning will automatically operate ifthe mode is selected to the posi-tion.

If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, press the corresponding button manu-ally.

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button toa lower speed.

OFS040110


1104

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) air posi-tion and higher fan speed will beselected automatically.

5. If blower fan speed is low, the blowerfan speed will be set middle speedautomatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set fan speed to the highest position.2. Set temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

5. If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh)air position and higher fan speed arenot selected automatically, adjust thecorresponding button or knob manual-ly.

If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

OFS040111 OFS040112 OFS040113

4 111


Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn the defogging logic, do the follow-ing.

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost button ( ).3. Press the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator on the air intake buttonblinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of inter-val. It indicates that the defogging logic iscanceled or returned to the programmedstatus.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Press the defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning

(A/C) button, press the air intake con-trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5seconds of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OFS040114 OFS040115


1124

Auto defogging system (Only for automatic climate controlsystem, if equipped)Auto defogging reduces the possibility offogging up the inside of the windshield byautomatically sensing the moisture ofinside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the AUTO mode is on.

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the moistureof inside the windshield andoperates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, highersteps operate as follow.

Step 1 : Outside air positionStep 2 : Blowing air flow toward the wind-

shieldStep 3 : Increasing air flow toward the

windshieldStep 4 : Operating the air conditioning

If your vehicle is equipped with the autodefogging system, it is automatically acti-vated when the conditions are met.However, if you would like to cancel theauto defogging system, press the frontdefroster button 4 times within 2 secondswhile pressing the AUTO button. Theindicator will blink 3 times to notify youthat the system is cancelled. To use theauto defogging system again, follow theprocedures mentioned above.If the battery has been disconnected ordischarged, it resets to the auto defog-ging status.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off is manually selected whilethe auto defogging system is on, the autodefogging indicator will blink 3 times togive notice that the A/C off can not beselected.

OFS043232

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

4 113


Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage pullup the lever.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, push the buttonand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle.These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposedto hot temperatures for extendedperiods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OFS040118OFS040117

CAUTIONDo not keep food in the glove boxfor a long time.


1144

Sunglass holderTo open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the holders located inthe cargo area to attach the luggage net.

OMD040130

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forciblyinto a sunglass holder to preventbreakage of deformation of glass-es. It you try to open it forciblywhen the glasses are jammed inholder.

OFS040125

4 115


CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net's recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.


1164

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you may burn your-self. Such a burn to the drivercould lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

WARNINGKeep cans or bottles out of directsun light and do not put them in avehicle that is heated up. It mayexplode.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning spilled liquids, donot dry the cup holder at high tem-peratures. This may damage thechrome part of the cup holder.

OFS040121

OFS040122

• Font

• Rear

4 117


SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and open the mirror cover (3).The ticket holder (4) is provided to holdtickets such as tollgate ticket.

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION• Always have the switch in the off

position when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery ordamage the sunvisor.

• Always use the sunvisor exten-sion, after swinging the sunvisorto the side.

ORBR040085 OFS042123N

WARNINGFor your safety, do not obstruct yourvision when using the sunvisor.


1184

AC inverter (if equipped)The AC inverter supplies 115VAC/150Welectric power to operate electric acces-sories or equipment when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or engine isrunning.

The AC inverter is turned on by pushingin the switch. To turn the AC inverter off,push the switch a second time.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen pushing the AC inverter switch,the switch indicator illumination isdelayed momentarily while the systemconducts a self-check.

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference whenplugged into a vehicle’s power out-let. These devices may causeexcessive audio static and malfunc-tions in other electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

WARNINGDo not put finger or a foreign objects(pin, etc.) into a power outlet and donot touch with a wet hands.You mayget an electric shock.

OFS042173N

OFS042174N

4 119


Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC or ONposition.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the element isheated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

WARNINGThe AC inverter can be dangerous!When using the AC inverter, care-fully observe the following precau-tions to avoid serious injuries.• Do not use heated electric prod-

ucts (coffeepot, toaster, heater,iron, etc.).

• Do not insert foreign objects intoor touch the AC inverter; you mayget shocked.

• Do not let children operate ortouch the AC inverter.

• When not using the AC inverter,close the cover.

(Continued)• Do not use two or more electric

accessories or equipment at thesame time.

• When AC inverter voltage isunder 11V, the vehicle batteryLED and indicator will blink, andwill automatically turn off.

CAUTION• When not using the AC inverter,

make sure that the switch is turnedoff, and the AC inverter covered.

• Only use the AC inverter when theengine is running, and remove theplug from the AC inverter afterusing the accessory. Using the ACinverter when the engine is notrunning or leaving the accessoryplugged in for a long time maycause the battery to discharge.

• Do not use electric accessoriesor equipment with maximum elec-tric power consumption greaterthan 150W (115VAC).

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into the AC inverter.These devices may cause exces-sive audio noise and malfunctionsin other electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

• Do not use broken electric acces-sories or equipment, as they maydamage the AC inverter and vehi-cle's electrical system.

(Continued)

OFS042119N


1204

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

Clock See AV/AVN manual.

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle's ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

OFS040120

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

4 121


Shopping bag holder (if equipped)

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

OFS040124OFS040137

CAUTION• Do not hang a bag weighing more

than 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may causedamage to the shopping bagholder.

WARNINGThe floor mat must be properlyanchored so that it will not interferewith the operation of the accelera-tor pedal. Any interference with theaccelerator pedal could cause theaccelerator pedal to be unable toreturn to the idle position. A pedalthat cannot return to the idle posi-tion could lead to an accidentwhich may result in severe person-al injury or death.

WARNINGDo not hang other objects such ashangers or hard objects exceptclothes. Also, do not put heavy,sharp or breakable objects in theclothe pockets. In an accident orwhen the curtain air bag is inflated,it may cause vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

OFS040126


1224

Aux, USB and iPod® portIf your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and a USB port to plug ina USB, or use the Apple bundle cable theplugs into both ports to connect an ipod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Navigation system (if equipped)The navigation system ascertains thepresent position of your vehicle by usinginformation from satellites and guidesyou to the place you assign as the desti-nation.Detailed information for the navigationsystem is described in a seperate manual.

Bluetooth® wireless technologyhands-free (if equipped)You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® wireless technolo-gy.Detailed information for the Bluetooth®

wireless technology hands-free isdescribed in the "Audio section" in thischapter or in the manual supplied sepa-rately.

OFS045129

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle, so that it will not inter-fere with the pedal.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that onlythe HYUNDAI floor mat designedfor use in your vehicle beinstalled.

4 123


✽✽ NOTICE• If you install an after market HID

(high intensity discharge) head lamp,your vehicle's audio and electronicdevice may malfunction.

• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,and air freshener from contacting theinterior parts because they may causedamage or discoloration.

AntennaGlass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition key is in either the "ON"or "ACC" position, your car will receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signalsthrough the antenna in the rear windowglass.

Sharkfin antenna (if equipped)The sharkfin type antenna will receiveXM, GPS and transmit data for the bluelink services.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OFS040127

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner orscraper to remove foreigndeposits as this may cause dam-age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM and FMbroadcast signals.


1244

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlswitch is installed for your convenience.

VOL (VOL+/VOL-) (1)Increases or decreases the volume level.

SEEK ( / ) (2)• Press this button.

- Automatic tuning:- Track up/down:

• Press and hold this button.- Manual tuning:- Search (FF/REW):

MODE (3)Selects a source.FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟ XM3➟ CD ➟ USB (or iPod) ➟ AUX ➟ FM1...

(4)Press this button briefly to reject a callduring a call.

(5)• Press this button to start the voice

recognition mode.• Press the button one more to cancel

voice commands while the voicerecognition is active.

(6)Enables Bluetooth® wireless technologyHands-Free Phone.• Press this button briefly to take a call

when there is an incoming call.• Press this button briefly to make a call

from last calls.• Press this button lengthy to switch the

sound path during a call.(Hands free ↔ phone)

BT

iPodCDUSB

RADIO

BT

iPodCDUSB

RADIO

CAUTIONDo not operate the audio remotecontrol switches simultaneously.

OFS040128

OFS042128N

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 125


How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.

When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

JBM002

AM radio reception

JBM001

FM radio reception


1264

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM005JBM004JBM003

FM radio station

4 127


Satellite radio receptionYou may experience difficulties in receiv-ing XM™ satellite radio signals in the fol-lowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle

(such as a truck or a bus) that blocksthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is the signal blocked by moun-tains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal (30 ft. /10mor more), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forest.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by the XM™repeater network.

NOTE:There may be other unforeseen cir-cumstances leading to reception prob-lems with the XM™ satellite radio sig-nal.

SATELLITE2SATELLITE1


1284

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure no undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if you tryto play copy protected CDs and the CDplayer does not perform correctly theCDs maybe defective, not the CD player.

✽✽ NOTICEFor more detailed information aboutaudio system, check the supported CD.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.

5

Before driving / 5-3

Key position / 5-5

Engine start/stop button / 5-8

Manual transaxle / 5-13

EcoShift dual clutch transmission

(For GDI) / 5-16

EcoShiff dual clutch transmission

(For Turbo GDI) / 5-24

Brake system / 5-33

Cruise control system / 5-44

Economical operation / 5-49

Special driving conditions / 5-51

Winter driving / 5-55

Vehicle load limit / 5-59

Vehicle weight / 5-64

Trailer towing / 5-65



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

BEFORE DRIVING


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

WARNINGDriving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control, thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. The dri-ver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of a vehicleor which are not permissible by lawshould never be used during oper-ation of the vehicle.


45

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNING• When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. It may overheat the engineor exhaust system and cause fire.

• When you make a sudden stop orturn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on thefloor and it could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Keep all things in the vehiclesafely stored.

• If you do not focus on driving, itmay cause an accident. Be care-ful when operating what may dis-turb driving such as audio orheater. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always drive safely.

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

5 5


Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft (if equipped). The ignitionkey can be removed only in the LOCKposition.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked (ifequipped) and electrical accessories areoperative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced in turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

KEY POSITION

OYF059017N OYF059016


65

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position.The brake warn-ing lamp can be checked in this position.

Starting the engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. The starter will not oper-ate if the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.EcoShift dual clutch transmission -Place the transaxle shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isengaged in 1st gear for the manu-al transaxle or P (Park) for EcoShiftdual clutch transmission, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignitionswitch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion.The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorpedal, and clutch (if equipped).

5 7


3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

It should be started without depressingthe accelerator.4. Do not wait for the engine to warm up

while the vehicle remains stationary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turn theignition switch to the START posi-tion in an attempt to restart theengine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.


85

Illuminated engine start/stop but-ton (if equipped)Whenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminate foryour convenience. The light will go offimmediately when the engine start/stopbutton is turned on or go off after about30 seconds when the door is closed.

Engine start/stop button positionOFF• with manual transaxle

To turn off the engine, stop the vehiclethen press the engine start/stop buttonwhen the engine start/stop button is inthe ON position.

• with EcoShift dual clutch transmission

To turn off the engine, press the enginestart/stop button when the enginestart/stop button is in the ON positionand the shift lever in P(Park). When youpress the engine start/stop button with-out the shift lever in P(Park), the enginestart/stop button does not turn to theOFF position but to the ACC position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you turn off the engine, the vehi-cle should be stopped.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OFS050005

WARNINGIn an emergency situation while thevehicle is moving, you can turn offthe engine and turn the enginestart/stop button to the ACC posi-tion by pressing the enginestart/stop button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successivelywithin 3 seconds. If the vehicle ismoving, you can restart the enginewithout pressing the brake pedal bypressing the engine start/stop but-ton with the shift lever in N(Neutral).

5 9


ACC(Accessory)• with manual transaxle

Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

If you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.

ON• with manual transaxle

Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe button in the ON position if the engineis not running to prevent the battery fromdischarging.

START• with manual transaxle

To start the engine, depress the clutchpedal and brake pedal, then press theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N(Neutral) position.


To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P(Park)or the N (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you press the engine start/stop but-

ton without depressing the clutchpedal on manual transaxle vehicles orwithout depressing the brake pedal onEcoShift dual clutch transmissionvehicles, the engine will not start andthe engine start/stop button changesas follows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF

• If you leave the engine start/stop but-ton in the ACC or the ON position fora long time, the battery may be dis-charged.


105

Starting the engine

1. Carry the smart key or leave it insidethe vehicle.

2. Make sure the parking brake is firmlyapplied.

3. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Depress thebrake and clutch pedal fully.EcoShift dual clutch transmission -Place the transaxle shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.It should be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING• Never press the engine start/stop

button while the vehicle is inmotion. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isengaged in 1st gear for the manualtransaxle or P (Park) for theEcoShift dual clutch transmission,set the parking brake fully and shutthe engine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement mayoccur if these precautions are nottaken.

• Never reach for the enginestart/stop button, or any other con-trols through the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion. Thepresence of your hand or arm inthis area could cause a loss ofvehicle control, an accident andserious bodily injury or death.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not place any movable objects

around the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

• While driving, if you push theENGINE START/ STOP button, thewarning buzzer sounds for 1 sec-ond.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots, etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorand clutch pedal (if equipped).

5 11


5. Do not wait for the engine to warm upwhile the vehicle remains stationary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,but it is not close to the driver’s seatarea, then the engine may not start.

• When the engine start/stop button is inthe ACC or ON position, if any door isopen, the system checks for the smartkey. If the smart key is not in the vehicle,and if all doors are closed, the chimewill sound for about 5 seconds. Keepthe smart key in the vehicle, when usingthe ACC position or if the vehicle engineis on.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by pressing the enginestart/stop button with the smart key.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, youcan't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifyou are not able to replace the fuse,you can start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button for 10 sec-onds with the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC mode. Always depress thebrake pedal and clutch pedal (ifequipped) before starting the engine.

WARNINGThe engine will start by pressingthe engine start/stop button, onlywhen the smart key is in the vehi-cle. Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-cle to touch the engine start/stopbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in theN(Neutral) position while the vehi-cle is still moving and press theengine start/stop button in anattempt to restart the engine.

OFS050010


125

CAUTIONDo not press the engine start/stopbutton for more than 5 secondsexcept when the stop lamp fuse isdisconnected.

5 13


Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.To shift gears, press the clutch pedaldown fully, select the desired gear withthe gearshift lever, and release the clutchpedal slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.The shift lever must be returned to theneutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The button (1) located at thebottom front of the shift knob must bepressed and held in while moving theshift lever to the R (Reverse) position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OMD050009

The shift lever can be moved into anyof the forward gears without pressingthe button (1).

You should press the button (1) whenmoving the shift lever into reverse.

OFS053067

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling up the ring (1).

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilemoving the shift lever.



145

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant iswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),leave the shift lever in the neutral posi-tion and release the clutch. Depress theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill, andshifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement can occurif these precautions are not fol-lowed in the order identified.CAUTION

• To avoid premature clutch wearand damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, do not use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on ahill, while waiting for a trafficlight, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

• When operating the clutch pedal,press the clutch pedal down fully.If you don't press the clutch pedalfully, the clutch may be damagedor noise may occur.

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the shift lever side-ways in such a manner that thesecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine andtransaxle may possibly causeengine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damageengine, clutch and the transaxle.

• When shifting between 5th and 6th

gear, you should always push thegear level all the way to the right.You could otherwise shift unin-tentionally into 3rd or 4th gear anddamage the transaxle.

5 15


Using the clutchThe clutch should be depressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedal shouldalways be fully released while driving. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This can cause unneces-sary wear. Do not partially engage theclutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.This causes unnecessary wear. Use thefoot brake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

DownshiftingIt is important to downshift when youmust slow down in heavy traffic or whiledriving up or down steep hills.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better acceleration.When the vehicle is traveling down steephills, downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, shift to a lower gear.When you do this, engine braking willhelp slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse). The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed limits.


165

EcoShift dual clutch transmissionoperationThe EcoShift dual clutch transmissionhas 6 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.

ECOSHIFT DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (FOR GDI) (IF EQUIPPED)

OFS055015

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

The shift lever can be moved freely.

WARNING• Always check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

5 17


• The Ecoshift dual clutch transmissiongives the driving feel of a manual trans-mission, yet provides the ease of afully automatic transmission. Unlike atraditional automatic transmission, thegear shifting can be felt (and heard) onthe Ecoshift dual clutch transmission.- Think of it as an automatically shifting

manual transmission.- Shift into Drive range and get fully

automatic shifting, similar to a con-ventional automatic transmission.

• Ecoshift dual clutch transmissionadopts dry-type dual clutch, which isdifferent from torque converter of auto-matic transmission, and shows betteracceleration performance during driv-ing.

• The dry-type clutch transfers torqueand provides a direct driving feelingwhich may differ from a conventionalautomatic transmission with a torqueconverter. This may be more notice-able when starting from a stop or lowvehicle speed.

• When rapidly accelerating at low vehi-cle speed, engine could rev at highRPM depending on vehicle drive con-dition.

• For a smooth launch uphill, press downthe accelerator pedal smoothly.

• If you release your foot from the accel-erator pedal at low vehicle speed, youmay feel strong engine braking, whichis similar to manual transmission.

• When driving downhill, you may useSports Mode and press the paddleshifters to downshift to a lower gear inorder to control your speed withoutusing the brake pedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on and off,you may hear clicking sounds as thesystem goes through a self test. This isa normal sound for the Ecoshift dualclutch transmission.

CAUTION• To prevent clutch damage, the

clutch is released and the torqueflow is interrupted. If the clutch isreleased, apply the foot brake,shift into Park and wait severalseconds before driving again.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead todamage to the transmission.

• If a transmission system problemoccurs, the transmission indica-tor will blink. If this occurs, takeyour vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked.

(Continued)


185

(Continued)

• When the clutch is overheated,the safe protection mode oper-ates. According to the safe pro-tection mode, the transmissionindicator blinks with a chimesound. In this time, the LCD warn-ing about safe protection modealso displays.If this occurs, the transmissionmay not shift smoothly due toclutch overheating. To preventdamage to the transmissionclutches, shift into Park and waitfor several seconds before driv-ing again.

(Continued)

(Continued)❈❈ Do not hold the vehicle on a hill

in Drive or Reverse by applyingthe accelerator pedal becausethe clutch may be overheated.Instead, use the foot brake orparking brake.When the transmission shiftsautomaticaly or manually, thegear shifts may be noticeable;however, this is characteristic ofthe dual-clutch transmission anddoes not indicate a transmissionconcern.

• If the vehicle is held by applyingaccelerator pedal on a hill, thetransmission and clutch will bedamaged. To hold on a hill, usethe parking brake or foot brake.

• During the first 1000 miles, youmay feel that the vehicle may notbe smooth when accelerating atlow speed. During this break-inperiod, the shift quality and per-formance of your new vehicle iscontinuously optimized.

OFS045322L

■ For Type B clusterCAUTION

• To avoid damage to your transmis-sion, do not accelerate the enginein R (Reverse) or any forward gearposition with the brakes on.

• When stopped on a hill, do nothold the vehicle with enginepower. Use the service brake orthe parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 19


Transmission rangesP (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transmission and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely even onthe slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transmission will automaticallyshift through a 6-gear sequence, provid-ing the best fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time the trans-mission will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out ofReverse (R) or Drive (D) to preventdamage to the transmission, exceptas explained in “Rocking the vehi-cle” in this section.


205

Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

DS mode (Drive Sport)

DS mode supports the performancemode for the driver. To shift into DSmode, move the shift lever from Dtowards the rights side gate into theSport Mode position. The transmissionshift is automatically optimized for sportydriving feel.In DS mode, while coasting downhill,engine braking is not supported.In DS mode, if you control the paddleshifter, it will be changed to sports mode.If the shift lever is moved back into to D(Drive), it will be changed to D (Drive)mode.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile stopping the vehicle by applyingparking brake in D gear, even if yourelease the parking brake, the vehiclemay not move. In this case, you candrive the vehicle by applying the footbrake and release, applying the acceler-ator or shifting the lever (D →→ N →→ D).

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone, the trans-mission shifts automatically to a high-er gear.

• To maintain the required levels of vehi-cle performance and safety, the systemmay not execute certain gearshiftswhen the shift lever is operated.

• When accelerating from a stop on aslippery road, push the shift lever for-ward into the +(up) position. Thiscauses the transmission to shift intothe 2nd gear which is better forsmooth driving on a slippery road.Push the shift lever to the -(down) sideto shift back to the 1st gear.

OFS050017

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)Sports mode

5 21


Paddle shifter (if equipped)The paddle shifter is available when theshift lever is in the D position, DS modeor the sports mode.The paddle shifter can operate when thevehicle speed is more than 6.2 mph(10km/h).Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear and the systemchanges from D (Drive) mode or DSmode you used to sports mode.

If the vehicle speed is lower than 6.2 mph(10km/h), if you depress the acceleratorpedal for more than 7 seconds, if youshift the shift lever from D to sport modeand shift it from sports mode to D againor if you hold the paddle shifter [+] leverover 1 second, the system will changefrom sports mode to D (Drive) mode orDS mode you used.

With the shift lever in the sport mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle

shifters at the same time, you can'tshift gears.

• When you change the DS mode tomanual mode, by moving the shiftlever [+] or [-] or using the paddleshifters, if you want to use DS modeagain, move the shift lever to D andback to sports mode to activate DSmode.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the EcoShift dual clutchtransmission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmissionfrom P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R(Reverse) unless the brake pedal isdepressed.To shift the transmission from P (Park) orN (Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a clickingnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

OFS052018N

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.


225

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:

1. Carefully remove the cap covering theshift-lock access hole.

2. Insert a screwdriver into the accesshole and press down on the screwdriv-er.

3. Move the shift lever.

Ignition key interlock systemThe ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other positionwith the accelerator pedal depressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• When driving in sports mode, slowdown before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not beengaged.

• When parking the vehicle, alwaysengage the parking brake. Do notdepend on shifting into Park to keepthe vehicle from moving.

OFS055016

5 23



• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.Do not rev up the engine. This maycause engine over-heating, trans-mission damage or failure, and tiredamage.








• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


245

EcoShift dual clutchTransmission operation The EcoShift dual clutch transmissionhas 7 forward speeds and one reversespeed.The individual speeds are selected auto-matically in the D (Drive) position.

ECOSHIFT DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (FOR TURBO GDI) (IF EQUIPPED)

OFS055015

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

The shift lever can be moved freely.

5 25


• The Ecoshift dual clutch transmissiongives the driving feel of a manual trans-mission, yet provides the ease of afully automatic transmission. Unlike atraditional automatic transmission, thegear shifting can be felt (and heard) onthe Ecoshift dual clutch transmission.- Think of it as an automatically shifting

manual transmission.- Shift into Drive range and get fully

automatic shifting, similar to a con-ventional automatic transmission.

• Ecoshift dual clutch transmissionadopts dry-type dual clutch, which isdifferent from torque converter of auto-matic transmission, and shows betteracceleration performance during driv-ing.

• The dry-type clutch transfers torqueand provides a direct driving feelingwhich may differ from a conventionalautomatic transmission with a torqueconverter. This may be more notice-able when starting from a stop or lowvehicle speed.

• When rapidly accelerating at low vehi-cle speed, engine could rev at highRPM depending on vehicle drive con-dition.

• For a smooth launch uphill, press downthe accelerator pedal smoothly.

• If you release your foot from the accel-erator pedal at low vehicle speed, youmay feel strong engine braking, whichis similar to manual transmission.

• When driving downhill, you may useSports Mode and press the paddleshifters to downshift to a lower gear inorder to control your speed withoutusing the brake pedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on and off,you may hear clicking sounds as thesystem goes through a self test. This isa normal sound for the Ecoshift dualclutch transmission.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injuryor death:• ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position, thenset the parking brake, and placethe ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed.

• Do not use engine braking (shift-ing from a high gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.


265

CAUTION

• To hold the vehicle on a hill usethe foot brake or the parkingbrake. If the vehicle is held byapplying the accelerator pedal ona hill the clutch and transmissionwill be overheated resulting indamage.At this time, a warning messagewill appear on the LCD displayand you may feel a vibration.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the clutch becomes overheated

by excessive use of the clutch tohold on a hill, you may notice ashudder feeling and a blinkingdisplay on the instrument cluster.When this occurs, the clutch isdisabled until the clutch cools tonormal temperatures. If thisoccurs, pull over to a safe loca-tion, shift into P (Park) and applythe foot brake for a few minutes.

• If the LCD warning is active, thefoot brake must be applied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead todamage to the transmission.

• If the display continues to blink,for your safety, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Under certain conditions such asrepeated launch on steep grades,the clutch in the transmissioncould overheat. When the clutchis overheated, the safe protectionmode engages. If the safe protec-tion mode engages, the gear posi-tion indicator on the clusterblinks with a chime sound. At thistime, a warning message willappear on the LCD display anddriving may not be smooth.If you ignore this warning, thedriving condition may becomeworse. To return the normal driv-ing condition, stop the vehicleand apply the foot brake for a fewminutes before driving off.

(Continued)

OFS045317L

■ For Type C cluster

OFS045318L/OFS045319L

■ For Type C cluster

5 27


Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you must depressfirmly on the brake pedal and make sureyour foot is off the accelerator pedal.The shift lever must be in P (Park) beforeturning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

(Continued)• Gear shifts may be more notice-

able than a conventional automat-ic transmission. This is a normalcharacteristic of this type ofEcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion.

• During the first 1,000 miles, youmay feel that the vehicle may notbe smooth when accelerating atlow speed. During this break-inperiod, the shift quality and per-formance of your new vehicle iscontinuously optimized.

• Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Do not put the shift lever in N(Neutral) while driving.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may causeyou to lose control of the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shift leveris in P (Park), apply the parkingbrake, and turn the engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion.


285

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged.Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart astalled engine, or if it is necessary to stopwith the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) ifyou need to leave your vehicle for anyreason.Always depress the brake pedal whenyou are shifting from N (Neutral) toanother gear.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position. Thetransmission will automatically shiftthrough a seven-gear sequence, provid-ing the best fuel economy and power.For extra power when passing anothervehicle or driving uphill depress theaccelerator pedal further until you feelthe transmission downshift to a lowergear.

Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly.+ (UP) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.- (DOWN) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one gear.

WARNINGDo not shift into gear unless yourfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.Shifting into gear when the engineis running at high speed can causethe vehicle to move very rapidly.You could lose control of the vehi-cle and hit people or objects.

OFS050017

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)Sports mode

5 29


DS mode (Drive Sport)

DS mode supports the performancemode for the driver. To shift into DSmode, move the shift lever from Dtowards the rights side gate into theSport Mode position. The transmissionshift is automatically optimized for sportydriving feel.In DS mode, while coasting downhill,engine braking is not supported.In DS mode, if you control the paddleshifter, it will be changed to sports mode.If the shift lever is moved back into to D(Drive), it will be changed to D (Drive)mode.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 7 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)The paddle shifter is available when theshift lever is in the D position, DS modeor the sports mode.The paddle shifter can operate when thevehicle speed is more than 6.2 mph(10km/h).Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear and the systemchanges from D (Drive) mode or DSmode you used to sports mode.

OFS052018N


305

If the vehicle speed is lower than 6.2 mph(10km/h), if you depress the acceleratorpedal for more than 7 seconds, if youshift the shift lever from D to sport modeand shift it from sports mode to D againor if you hold the paddle shifter [+] leverover 1 second, the system will changefrom sports mode to D (Drive) mode orDS mode you used.

With the shift lever in the sport mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle

shifters at the same time, you can'tshift gears.

• When you change the DS mode tomanual mode, by moving the shiftlever [+] or [-] or using the paddleshifters, if you want to use DS modeagain, move the shift lever to D andback to sports mode to activate DSmode.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the EcoShift dual clutchtransmission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmissionfrom P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R(Reverse) unless the brake pedal isdepressed.To shift the transmission from P (Park) orN (Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a clickingnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:

1. Carefully remove the cap covering theshift-lock access hole.

2. Insert a screwdriver into the accesshole and press down on the screwdriv-er.

3. Move the shift lever.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OFS055016

5 31


Ignition key interlock systemThe ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other positionwith the accelerator pedal depressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• When driving in sports mode, slowdown before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not beengaged.

• When parking the vehicle, alwaysengage the parking brake. Do notdepend on shifting into Park to keepthe vehicle from moving.


• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.


325

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.Do not rev up the engine. This maycause engine over-heating, trans-mission damage or failure, and tiredamage.








• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 33


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear and avoidcontinuous application of thebrakes. Continuous brake applica-tion will cause the brakes to over-heat and could result in a tempo-rary loss of braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

• Always, confirm the position ofthe brake and accelerator pedalbefore driving. If you don't checkthe position of the acceleratorand brake pedal before driving,you may depress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. It maycause a serious accident.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.


345

Disc brakes wear indicator (if equipped)Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes.This is normal and doesnot indicate a problem with your brakes. Parking brake

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible withoutpressing the release button.In addition, it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, thetransmission should be in the appropri-ate low gear on manual transaxle vehi-cles or in the P (Park) position onEcoShift dual clutch transmission vehi-cles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OFS050020

5 35


Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION• Driving with the parking brake

applied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

• Do not operate the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving exceptin an emergency situation, it coulddamage the vehicle system.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for EcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

OFS050021


365

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while theengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould be reduced if the road condi-tion calls for it, not just in extremeroad conditions. The braking dis-tance for cars equipped with an anti-lock braking system (or ElectronicStability Control system) may belonger than for those without it in thefollowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reduced speeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving or cor-nering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself and others.

W-75

5 37


✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


385

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNING Never drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OFS050023

OFS050022

■ Type A

■ Type B

5 39


ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turned ON, ESCand ESC OFF indicator lights illumi-nate for approximately 3 seconds, thenESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF button for at leasthalf a second after turning the ignitionON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica-tor will illuminate). To turn the ESC on,press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine, you mayhear a slight ticking sound. This is theESC performing an automatic systemself-check and does not indicate aproblem.

When operating

When the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor driving on a slippery road,pressing the acceleratorpedal may not cause theengine rpm (revolutions perminute) to increase.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.


405

• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFF ) shortly (ESCOFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) illumi-nates). At this state, the engine controlfunction does not operate. It means thetraction control function does not oper-ate. Brake control function only operates.

• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFF ) for more than3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light (ESCOFF ) illuminates and ESC OFF warn-ing chime will sound.At this state, the engine control functionand brake control function do not oper-ate. It means the car stability controlfunction does not operate any more.

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the button.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

OFS045344L/OFS045379L


OFS045342L/OFS045378L


5 41


ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• ESC should remain on for daily drivingwhenever possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, press theESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

Good braking practices

• After parking the vehicle, check to besure the parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet.They can also get wet whenthe car is washed. Wet brakes can bedangerous! Your car will not stop asquickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakesmay cause the car to pull to one side.

WARNING The Electronic Stability Controlsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and do notattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

WARNING Never press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

WARNING • Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.


425

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes light-ly until the braking action returns to nor-mal, taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the braking actiondoes not return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

• Do not coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Do not "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating and los-ing their effectiveness. It also increasesthe wear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are moving slow-ly enough for it to be safe to do so, pulloff the road and stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with aEcoShift dual clutch transmission, don'tlet your vehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your foot firmlyon the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (EcoShift dualclutch transmission) or in first or reversegear (manual transaxle). If your vehicleis facing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keep thevehicle from rolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (EcoShift dual clutchtransmission) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the a hill withthe accelerator pedal. This can causethe transaxle to overheat. Always usethe brake pedal or parking brake.

Vehicle stability management(VSM) (if equipped)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when the vehicle is driving on aslippery road or the vehicle detects achange in coefficient of friction betweenthe left and right wheels.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESC indi-cator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle and/or abnormalsteering responses (EPS). This is onlythe effect of brake and EPS control andindicates nothing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on bank road such as gradientor incline

• Driving in reverse• ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

5 43


VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button to turn offthe ESC, the VSM will also cancel and theESC OFF indicator light ( ) illuminates.To turn on the VSM, press the button again.The ESC OFF indicator light goes out.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESC OFF button. It indicates thata malfunction has been detected some-where in the Electric Power Steering sys-tem or VSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning light remainson, take your vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the systemchecked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 9 mph (15 km/h)on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 18 mph (30km/h) when a vehicle is braking on asplit-mu road. The split-mu road ismade of surfaces which have differentfriction forces.

Hill-start assist control (HAC) (if equipped) A vehicle has the tendency to slip backon a steep hill when the driver begins toaccelerate after a stop. The Hill-startAssist Control (HAC) helps prevent thevehicle from slipping back by operatingthe brakes automatically for about 2 sec-onds. The brakes are released when theaccelerator pedal is depressed or afterabout 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when the

transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESC is off but it does not activatewhen the ESC has malfunctioned.

WARNING • The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices but a sup-plementary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.Always hold the steering wheelfirmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to acti-vate according to the driver’sintention, even with installedVSM. Always follow all the normalprecautions for driving at safespeeds for the conditions –including driving inclementweather and on a slippery road.

• Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the VSM systemto malfunction. When replacingtires, make sure they are thesame size as your original tires.

WARNING The HAC is activated only for about2 seconds, so always depress theaccelerator pedal to begin acceler-ating after a stop.


445

1. CRUISE indicator2. SET indicatorThe cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING • If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can be activat-ed unintentionally. Keep thecruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% grades.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use cruise control when

towing a trailer.• Do not use the Cruise Control

when it may be unsafe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed:- When driving in heavy traffic or

when traffic conditions make itdifficult to drive at a constantspeed

- When driving on rainy, icy, orsnow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly or windyroads

- When driving in windy areas- When driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weathersuch as fog, snow, rain andsandstorm)

CAUTIONDuring cruise control operation of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OFS053069

5 45


✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

✽✽ NOTICETo activate cruise control, depress thebrake pedal at least once after turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orstarting the engine. This is to check ifthe brake switch, which is importantpart to cancel cruise control, is in nor-mal condition.

To set cruise control speed:1. Press the CRUISE button on the steer-

ing wheel, to turn the system on. TheCRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).

3. Move the lever down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator pedal at the same time.The desired speed will automaticallybe maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

OFS055052NOFS055050N


465

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe lever at the speed you want.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.2 mph (2.0km/h) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each timeyou move the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.2 mph (2.0km/h) or 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h) each timeyou move the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator pedal.


5 47


To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal if equipped

with a manual transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) if equipped with

an EcoShift dual clutch transmission.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 12 mph (20 km/h).• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, moveup the lever (to RES+) located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 20 mph(30 km/h):If any method other than the CRUISEswitch was used to cancel cruising speedand the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automaticallyresume when you move the lever up (toRES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately20 mph (30 km/h).



485

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Press the CRUISE button (the CRUISE

indicator light in the instrument clusterwill go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

5 49


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximum serv-ice, your vehicle should be kept cleanand free of corrosive materials. It isespecially important that mud, dirt, ice,etc. not be allowed to accumulate on theunderside of the car. This extra weightcan result in increased fuel consumptionand also contribute to corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


505

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 51


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an EcoShift dual clutchtransmission. Do not race the engine,and spin the wheels as little as possible.If you are still stuck after a few tries, havethe vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possibledamage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

OFS050041

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an EcoShift dualclutch transmission, while drivingon slippery surfaces can cause anaccident.The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.Be careful when downshifting onslippery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.


525

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OBH058035L OMC035004WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 53


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Driving off-roadDrive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you are goingto drive before you begin driving.


545

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine. Inspect yourdrive belt for proper tension, or have yourHyundai dealer inspect this at the normalservice intervals listed in section 7.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

OFS020001

5 55


More severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize winter driving prob-lems, you should follow these sugges-tions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

OFS050046


565

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use gen-uine HYUNDAI parts and install the tirechain according to installation instruc-tions. Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper snow chain use is not coveredby your vehicle manufacturers warranty.When using tire chains, install them onthe front tires only.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

OFS065022

5 57


Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.


585

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk of the parkingbrake freezing, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the shift lever in P (EcoShiftdual clutch transmission) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehicle can-not roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

Don't place foreign objects ormaterials in the engine compart-mentPlacement of foreign objects or materialswhich prevent cooling of the engine, inthe engine compartment, may cause afailure or combustion. The manufactureris not responsible for the damage causedby such placement.

5 59


Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:699 lbs. (317 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OFS053064N/OFS055065N/OFS055063N/OFS055062N/OFS053061N

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

Type E


605

Seating capacity:Total : 4 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants.

Steps For Determining Correct LoadLimit -1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-600 (4 x 150) = 800 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWe do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

5 61


Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 699 lbs

Weight (317 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 549 lbs

Luggage weight (249 kg)

Example 1

A B C

OFS062030N




B Weight 600 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 4(272 kg)



A B C

Example 2

OFS062031N




B Weight 652 lbs

163 lbs (74 kg) × 4(296 kg)



A B C

Example 3


625

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pillar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OBH059070

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

5 63


WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling, vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your war-ranty. Do not overload yourvehicle.

• Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.


645

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle, to keep yourloaded vehicle weight within its designrating capability. Properly loading yourvehicle will provide maximum return ofthe vehicle design performance. Beforeloading your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, from thevehicle's specifications and the certifica-tion label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

5 65


We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

6

Road warning / 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving / 6-3

If the engine will not start / 6-4

Emergency starting / 6-5

If the engine overheats / 6-7

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-8

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) / 6-13

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) / 6-22

Towing / 6-28



26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

OFS042083N

6 3


If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (EcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion) or reverse (manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When repairing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this section.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING


46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an EcoShift dual

clutch transmission, be sure the shiftlever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park) andthe emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be over-loaded and create a fire hazard.

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thecar.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Jumper terminal

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery


66

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. After jump start allow the engine to runat least 20 minutes at idle or drivingbefore you shut off the vehicle to assurethe discharged battery is charged upadequately. If you shut off the engineearlier it may not restart again.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with EcoShift dualclutch transmission cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon asit is safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (EcoShiftdual clutch transmission) or neutral(manual transaxle) and set the park-ing brake. If the air conditioning is on,turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do notopen the hood until the coolant hasstopped running or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible loss ofengine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, checkfor coolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor clear water to be draining from itwhen you stop.)

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal.Then, if coolant has been lost, careful-ly add coolant to the reservoir to bringthe fluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This mayresult in coolant being blown out ofthe opening and cause seriousburns.


86

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided) should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly.The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists. Whenthe malfunction indicator is illuminat-ed, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure asintended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehi-cle that prevent the TPMS from func-tioning properly.

OFS060005

OFS045352L/OFS045305L


6 9


Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS indicator does not illu-minate for 3 seconds when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ON posi-tion or engine is running, or if itcomes on after blinking for approxi-mately one minute, take your car toyour nearest authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicator is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.


106

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate theTPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may illuminate if snowchains or some separatelypurchased devices such asnotebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navi-gation etc. are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

6 11


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. Have the flattire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thespare tire (if equipped).

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire (if equipped),the Low Tire Pressure Telltale mayblink or illuminate after a few minutesbecause no TPMS sensor mountedon the spare wheel.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will extin-guish within a few minutes of driving.

If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

CAUTIONNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIto repair and/or inflate a lowpressure tire.The tire sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI may dam-age the tire pressure sensor.The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel shall be elem-inated when you replace the tirewith a new one.


126

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealantexcept the Tire Mobility Kitapproved by HYUNDAI if yourvehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System.The liquid sealant can damagethe tire pressure sensors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may interfere with thesystem's ability to warn the driv-er of low tire pressure condi-tions and/or TPMS malfunctions.Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may void the warrantyfor that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

6 13


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; never usethe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jack support.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

(Continued)

OFS060006


146

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with EcoShift dualclutch transmission.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

(Continued)• Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OFS060007 OED066033

6 15


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Insert the screwdriver into thegroove of the wheel cap and prygently to remove the wheel cap (Ifequipped).

7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OFS060009 OFS062010


166

8. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame.

9. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

10. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OFS060011 OFS062012

6 17


11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

12. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lbf·ft (9~11 kgf·m)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents thewheel from fitting firmly againstthe hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OFS060013


186

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust ituntil it is correct. Always reinstall thevalve cap after checking or adjustingtire pressure. If the cap is notreplaced, air may leak from the tire. Ifyou lose a valve cap, buy another andinstall it as soon as possible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 8.

6 19


Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with acompact spare tire, it will take up lessspace than a regular-size tire. Thistire is smaller than a conventional tireand is designed for temporary useonly.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should you

exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higherspeed could damage the tire.

• Ensure that you drive slowly enoughfor the road conditions to avoid allhazards. Any road hazard, such as apothole or debris, could seriouslydamage the compact spare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.


206

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of the small-er size, a tire chain will not fit proper-ly. This could damage the vehicleand result in loss of the chain.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life isshorter than a regular tire. Inspectyour compact spare tire regularlyand replace worn compact sparetires with the same size and design,mounted on the same wheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 21


Jack label1.Model Name2.Maximum allowable load3.When using the jack, set your park-

ing brake.4.When using the jack, stop the

engine.5.Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6.The designated locations under

the frame7.When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8.Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transaxle or move theshift lever to the P position on vehi-cles with EcoShift dual clutchtransmission.

9.The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

OHYK065010

OHYK065011

OHYK064002

• Type A■ Example

• Type B

• Type C

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.


226

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)

For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fixto the tire and the tire should beinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nails orsimilar objects and reinflates the tire.After you ensure that the tire is prop-erly sealed you can drive cautiouslyon the tire (distance up to 120 miles(200 km)) at a max. speed of (50mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach aservice station or tire dealer for tirereplacement.

OFS063021 OFS063022

CAUTION - One sealant forone tire

When two or more tires are flat,do not use the tire mobility kitbecause the supported onesealant of Tire Mobility Kit isonly used for one flat tire.

WARNING - Tire wallDo not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING - Temporary fixHave your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire MobilityKit.

6 23


It is possible that some tires, espe-cially with larger punctures or dam-age to the sidewall, cannot be sealedcompletely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or if a trailer is inuse.The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only.This instruction shows you step bystep how to temporarily seal thepuncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of the TireMobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTire Mobility Kit away from movingtraffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will notmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit forsealing/inflation passenger cartires. Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the tire mobil-ity kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-cles or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kitfor your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may notbe effective for tire damage largerthan approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).Please contact the nearestHYUNDAI dealership if the tirecannot be made roadworthy withthe Tire Mobility Kit.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if atire is severely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient air pres-sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit ifthe ambient temperature is below -22°F (-30°C).


246

0. Speed restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel3. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. On/off switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure8. Button for reducing tire inflation

pressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.

Strictly follow the specifiedsequence, otherwise the sealantmay escape under high pressure.

WARNING - Expiredsealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterthe sealant has expired (i.e.found on the sealant container).This can increase the risk of tirefailure.

WARNING - Sealant• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

OEL069020

6 25


Using the Tire Mobility Kit1. Detach the speed restriction label

(0) from the sealant bottle (1), andplace it in a highly visible placeinside the vehicle such as on thesteering wheel to remind the driv-er not to drive too fast.

2. Screw connection hose (9) ontothe connector of the sealant bottle.

3. Ensure that button (8) on the com-pressor is not pressed.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the defective wheel andscrew filling hose (2) of the sealantbottle onto the valve.

5. Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing (4) of the compressor sothat the bottle is upright.

6. Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7. Plug the compressor power cordsinto the vehicle power outlet.

8. With the engine start/stop buttonposition on or ignition switch posi-tion on, switch on the compressorand let it run for approximately 5~7minutes to fill the sealant up toproper pressure. (refer to the Tireand Wheels, chapter 8). The infla-tion pressure of the tire after fillingis unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.Be careful not to overinflate the tireand stay away from the tire whenfilling it.

OFS063022OFS065027

CAUTIONSecurely install the sealant fill-ing hose to the valve. If not,sealant may flow backward,possibly clogging the fillinghose.


266

9. Switch off the compressor.10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant11. Immediately drive approximately

4~6miles (7~10km or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph(80 km/h). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,the tire pressure sensors and wheelmay be damaged by sealant. Havethe wheel and tire pressure sensorsinspected at an authorized dealer.

Checking the tire inflation pres-sure1.After driving approximately 4

~6miles(7~10km or about 10min),stop at a safety location.

2.Connect connection hose (9) of thecompressor directly to the tirevalve.

3.Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recomended tire inflation.With the ignition switched on, pro-ceed as follows.- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor,position I. To check the currentinflation pressure setting, brieflyswitch off the compressor.

CAUTION - Tire pressureDo not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 29 PSI(200kpa). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

WARNING - Carbonmonoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

6 27


✽✽ NOTICEThe pressure gauge may show high-er than actual reading when thecompressor is running. To get anaccurate tire pressure, the compres-sor needs to be turned off.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button (8) on thecompressor.

CAUTION - Tire pressuresensor

When you use the Tire MobilityKit including sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI, the tirepressure sensors may be dam-aged by sealant. The sealant onthe tire pressure sensor andwheel should be removed whenyou replace the tire with a newone and inspect the tire pressuresensors in authorized dealer.


286

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Hyundai dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OMC045012

dolly

A

B

C

CAUTION• Do not tow with sling-type equip-

ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

• Do not tow the vehicle backwardswith the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

HXD02

HXD03

6 29


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the bumper.3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

Emergency towing (if equipped)If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHyundai dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

OFS060017

OFS060018

OFS060019

■ Type A

■ Type B


306

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookattached to the front (or under the rear)of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedHyundai dealer or a commercialtow truck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

6 31


• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

CAUTION - EcoShift dualclutch transmission

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. A driv-er must be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theEcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion, limit the vehicle speed to 10mph (15 km/h) and drive less than1 mile (1.5 km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the EcoShiftdual clutch transmission fluidleak under your vehicle. If theEcoShift dual clutch transmissionfluid is leaking, a flatbed equip-ment or towing dolly must beused.

OUN046024

7

Engine compartment / 7-2

Maintenance services / 7-3

Owner maintenance / 7-4

Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-28

Engine oil / 7-31

Engine coolant / 7-33

Brake/clutch fluid / 7-36

Washer fluid / 7-37

Parking brake / 7-37

Air cleaner / 7-38

Climate control air filter / 7-40

Wiper blades / 7-42

Battery / 7-46

Tires and wheels / 7-49

Fuses / 7-63

Light bulbs / 7-73

Appearance care / 7-80

Emission control system / 7-87

California perchlorate notice / 7-90

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Positive battery terminal

5. Negative battery terminal

6. Fuse box

7. Air cleaner

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped

OFS011003/OFS012004

* The actual engine room including engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■ Gasoline 1.6 GDI

■ Gasoline 1.6 Turbo GDI

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

Maintenance

47

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 5

Maintenance

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check EcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion P (Park) function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate EcoShift dual

clutch transmission linkage and con-trols.

• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 7

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tire

❑ Inspect battery condition

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI (Every 6,200miles (10,000km))

❑ Replace engine oil and filter - GDI *5

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❑ Add fuel additive *3 (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-ommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealeralong with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*5 : Turbo GDI - At first, replace at 3,000 miles (5,000km) or 6 months, after that,every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Maintenance

87


❑ Rotate tire





❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler

❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (if equipped)

❑ Inspect rear brake drums/linings (if equipped)

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

(Continued)




(Continued)

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)




NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

7 9

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire






(36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months)





Maintenance

107


❑ Rotate tire













❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid

❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap


❑ Replace air cleaner filter




*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric-tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filterimmediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for details.





7 11

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire





❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)

❑ Inspect EcoShift dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)







Maintenance

127






❑ Rotate tire













(Continued)

(Continued)



❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - Turbo GDI




7 13

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire




❑ Inspect intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose - Turbo GDI(Every 6,200miles (10,000km))







Maintenance

147

(Continued)



❑ Inspect drive belts *2

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 monthsafter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Inspect valve clearance *4

(Every 60,000 miles (96,000km) or 72 months)







*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reducedexcessively.


*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if neces-sary. A qualified technician should perform the operation.




❑ Rotate tire

















(Continued)


7 15

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire











Maintenance

167

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)(Continued)


(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)






❑ Rotate tire
















(Continued)





7 17

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire











Maintenance

187


❑ Rotate tire
















(Continued)

(Continued)


















7 19

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire











Maintenance

207



❑ Rotate tire














(Continued)





(Continued)




❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) - GDI




7 21

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire













Maintenance

227



❑ Rotate tire



















(Continued)

(Continued)



❑ Inspect valve clearance*4

(Every 60,000 miles (96,000km) or 72 months)





❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months)





*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if neces-sary. A qualified technician should perform the operation.



7 23

Maintenance






❑ Rotate tire








Maintenance

247



❑ Rotate tire














(Continued)

(Continued)












7 25

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tire











Maintenance

267


❑ Rotate tire





















(Continued)

(Continued)







❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after every 25,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months)








7 27

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER - GDI R EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER - Turbo GDI R EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID / ECOSHIFT DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID

R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, E, F, G, H, I, J

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, F

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

Maintenance

287

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

7 29

Maintenance

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Manual transaxle fluid / EcoShift dual clutch transmissionfluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle or EcoShiftdual clutch transmission fluid accordingto the maintenance schedule.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake/clutch fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Maintenance

307

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

7 31

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF (Full) and L (Low).

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

CAUTION• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Engine damage may result.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

OFS070002 OFS070003

Maintenance

327

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects, andreproductive harm.Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

7 33

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant.The reservoir is filled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until it

cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from the cool-ing system. When you are sure allthe pressure has been released,press down on the cap, using athick towel, and continue turningcounterclockwise to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNING The electric motor (cool-ing fan) is controlled byengine coolant tempera-ture, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed.

It may sometimes operate evenwhen the engine is not running. Useextreme caution when working nearthe blades of the cooling fan so thatyou are not injured by a rotating fanblades. As the engine coolant tem-perature decreases, the electricmotor will automatically shut off.This is a normal condition.If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (cooling fan)may operate until you disconnectthe negative battery cable.The electric cooling fan can start atany time when the engine coolanttemperature is high. Disconnect thenegative battery cable when servic-ing the vehicle.

Maintenance

347

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring the levelto F, but do not overfill. If frequent addi-tions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has aluminumengine parts and must be protected byan ethylene-glycol-based coolant to pre-vent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OFS072004

OFS072042

■ Type A

■ Type B

7 35

Maintenance

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNINGRadiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OFS072005

Maintenance

367

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system or clutch (if equipped)checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants or capaci-ties” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake/clutchfluid

When changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brake/clutch fluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OFS070006

7 37

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brakeCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OFS070007 OFS050020

PARKING BRAKE

Maintenance

387

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced at the recommendedreplacement intervals and cannot bereused.During inspection intervals, you can light-ly clean the air filter element by usingcompressed air. if air cleaner still looksdirty and restrictive, then replace it.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OFS070008 OFS070009 OFS070010

7 39

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor andengine.

Maintenance

407

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTERFilter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box.

2. Loosen the screws (1) and thenremove the glove box inner panel (2).

OFS070011 OFS070012

7 41

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air filtercover while pressing the lock on theright side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEInstall a new climate control air filter inthe correct direction with the arrowsymbol(↓↓) facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effectsmay decrease, possibly with a noise.

OFS070013 OBK075017

Maintenance

427

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122 CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

7 43

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper bladeType A

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pulldown the blade assembly and removeit.

3. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiperblade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

OYF079061

OYF079062

1LDA5023OHM078059

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

Maintenance

447

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type C

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift upthe blade clip.

3. Push the clip (1) and push up thewiper arm (2).

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

OHM078059

OSBL071001

OSBL071003

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

7 45

Maintenance

4. Push down the wiper arm (3) andinstall the new blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade (1).2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).

3. Install the new blade assembly (3) byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm and turn the wiper bladeto the original position.

4. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull on itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, we recommend thatthe wiper blade be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFS072065 OFS072066OSBL071002

Maintenance

467

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OFS070015

(Continued)Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.An inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. Ifelectrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feelpain or any burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

(Continued)

Pb

7 47

Maintenance

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.If the battery becomes discharged in ashort time (because, for example theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile vehicle was not in use) jump startthe vehicle from another battery and runthe engine at least 20 minutes at idlebefore driving. Do not turn off the enginefor 30 minutes total of idle and/or drivingas the battery may not have sufficientrecharge to start.


Battery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

CAUTION• When the vehicle is not used for a

long time in the low tempera-tures, remove the battery andstore it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully toprevent the battery case frombeing damaged in low tempera-tures.

• If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, thebattery may be discharged. Neveruse unauthorized devices.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

Maintenance

487

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installed lastwhen the battery is disconnected.

• Operation related to the batteryshould be done at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

7 49

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELSTire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underinflation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OMD060012N

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

Maintenance

507

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You can not tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 51

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Maintenance

527

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBH078040

Without a spare tireWARNING

• Do not use the compact sparetire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

7 53

Maintenance

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can causeloss of braking effectiveness,steering control, and traction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

• When replacing tires (orwheels), it is recommendedto replace the two front ortwo rear tires (or wheels) asa pair. Replacing just one tirecan seriously affect yourvehicle's handling.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI's specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic Stability Control) to work irregularly.

Maintenance

547

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handling char-acteristics, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, snowchain clearance, speedometerand odometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

7 55

Maintenance

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P195/65R15 94H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

195 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).15 - Rim diameter in inches.

94 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX15

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.15 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

567

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1617 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2017.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

7 57

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire man-ufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.Theletter "R" means radial ply construc-tion; the letter "D" means diagonal orbias ply construction; and the letter "B"means belted-bias ply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example: TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on speci-fied government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Maintenance

587

Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, EcoShift dual clutchtransmission, power seats, and airconditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 59

Maintenance

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-ed by its manufacturer as primarilyintended for use on lightweight trucksor multipurpose passenger vehicles.Load ratings: The maximum loadthat a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallelcords

Pneumatic tire: A mechanicaldevice made of rubber, chemicals,fabric and steel or other materials,that, when mounted on an automo-tive wheel, provides the traction andcontains the gas or fluid that sustainsthe load.Production options weight: Thecombined weight of installed regularproduction options weighing over 5lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standarditems which they replace, not previ-ously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,heavy duty battery, and special trim.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Maintenance

607

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

7 61

Maintenance

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the front wheels.Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoidablecircumstance, use a wire typechain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

CAUTIONSince the sidewalls of radialtires are thinner, they can bedamaged by mounting sometypes of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tiresis recommended instead ofsnow chains.

Maintenance

627

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

CAUTION Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driving,inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we rec-ommend that you inspect thetire condition or contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 1,864 miles(3,000km).

CAUTION • It is not easy to recognize the

tire damage with your owneyes. But if there is the slight-est hint of tire damage, eventhough you cannot see the tiredamage with your own eyes,have the tire checked orreplaced because the tiredamage may cause air leak-age from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

• You can find out the tire infor-mation on the tire sidewall.

7 63

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.Before replacing a blown fuse, discon-nect the negative battery cable.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings. ✽✽ NOTICE

The actual fuse/relay panel label maydiffer from equipped items.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OBK079042

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Maintenance

647

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

OFS070016 OFS070017

CAUTION• When replacing a blown fuse or

relay with a new one, make surethe new fuse or relay fits tightlyinto the clips. The incomplete fas-tening fuse or relay may cause thevehicle wiring and electric sys-tems damage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relays andterminals fastened with bolts ornuts. The fuses, relays and termi-nals may be fastened incomplete-ly, and it may cause a possiblefire. If fuses, relays and terminalsfastened with bolts or nuts areblown, consult with an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as a driv-er or wiring. It may cause contactfailure and system malfunction.

7 65

Maintenance

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

Fuse switchAlways, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFF posi-tion, some items must be reset andtransmitter (or smart key) may not workproperly.

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

OFS070016 OFS070019

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch in theON position while driving the vehicle.

Maintenance

667

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Remove the fuse panel in the engine

compartment.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main or multi fuse is blown, con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OBK072022

7 67

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInner fuse panelInside the fuse/relay panel covers, youcan find the fuse/relay label describingfuse/relay name and capacity.

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OFS070022

OFS073050N

Maintenance

687

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentC/LIGHTER 15A Cigarette Lighter

DRL 10A Not Used

HTD STRG 15A Smart Key Control Module, A/C Inverter Module, Steering wheel heated

MDPS 10A EPS Control Module

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)

POWER OUTLET 15A Power Outlet

WIPER RR 15A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

IG 2 10AEngine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper Relay, Blower Relay), Crash Pad Switch, Panaroma Sunroof Motor, A/C Control Module, IPS Control Module

WIPER FRT 25A Multifunction Switch, Front Wiper Motor, Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper Relay)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Sport Mode Switch, Shift Lever Indicator, MTS Module

AUDIO 10APower Outside Mirror Switch, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS Module,Smart Key Control Module, IPS Control Module

MULTIMEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS Module

A/BAG 15A Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor, SRS Control Module, Telltale

IG 1 10ARear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer,IPS Control Module, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, MTS Module,A/C Control Module

1 SMART KEY 15A Smart Key Control Module

MEMORY 10A Data Link Connector, Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module

A/CON 10A ECM

ABS 10A ESC Module, ESC Off Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (HAC Relay, Multipurpose Check Connector)

DR LOCK 20ADoor Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Flasher Sound Relay, Tail Gate Latch Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay, IPS Control Module

FOLD'G MIRR/FOG LP RR

15A Not Used

7 69

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTOP LAMP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, Stop Signal Relay, Smart Key Control Module

ECU 10A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, ECM, Stop Lamp Switch

AMP 25A AMP

INVERTER 25A A/C Inverter Module

INTERIOR LAMP 10A Luggage Room Lamp, Map Lamp, Room Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp

2 SMART KEY 10A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module, Start Stop Button Switch

TCU *(VACUUM PUMP)

T-GDI 15A Engine Room Fuse & relay box (Vacuum Pump Relay)

GDI 15A TCM

TAIL LAMP LH 10A

Rear Combination Lamp LH, License Lamp LH/RH, Shift Lever Indicator, Instrument Cluster,Multifunction Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Power Window Main Switch, AUX & USB Jack,Inside Miiror A/C Control Module, ESC Off Switch, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Crash Pad Switch,Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Head Lamp LH

S/HEATER 20A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch

START 10ABurglar Alarm Relay, Transaxle Range Switch, Smart Key Control Module, ECM, TCM, Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay)

1 B/UP LP 15A Back-Up Lamp Switch, Transaxle Range Switch

TAIL LAMP RH 10A Head Lamp RH, Rear Combination Lamp RH

SAFETY POWERWINDOW

25A Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH

2 B/UP LAMP 10AA/V & Navigation Head Unit, Transaxle Range Switch, MTS Module, TCM,Back-Up Lamp Switch, Rear Combination Lamp LH/RH, IPS Control Module

SPARE 15A -

HTD MIRR 10A ECM, A/C Control Module, Dirver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

P/SEAT DRV 25A Lumber Support

Maintenance

707

Engine compartment fuse panelOFS070023

OFS075052N

7 71

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component

MULTIFUSE

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module

BLOWER 40A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)

1 DCT GDI 40A TCM

RR HTD 40A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Rear Defogger Relay)

ALTGDI 125A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Multi Fuse - EcoShift dual clutch transmission 1,

MDPS, RR HTD, BLOWER), AlternatorT-GDI 150A

2 ABS 30A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Module

2 B+ 50ASmart Junction Box (Power Window Relay, IPS Control Module (ARISU LT), Fuse - SAFETY POWER WINDOW, AMP)

1 B+ 50ALeak Current Autocut Device (Room Lamp Relay, Leak Current Autocut Switch, Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP, MULTIMEDIA, MEMORY ), Fuse - S/HEATER

FUSE

C/FANGDI 40A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay)

T-GDI 60A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High) Relay)

A/CON 10A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (A/CON Relay)

FOG LAMP FRT 10A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Fog Lamp Relay)

HORN 15A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay, Horn Relay)

SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof Motor

VACUUM PUMP T-GDI 20A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Vacuum Pump Relay)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

IG 2 40AIgnition Switch, PDM Relay Box (IG 2 Relay), Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay)

IG 1 40A Ignition Switch, PDM Relay Box (IG 1 Relay, ACC Relay)

Maintenance

727

Description Fuse rating Protected component

FUSE

1 SENSOR 20A ECM

2 SENSOR

GDI 10AOxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down), Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, PurgeControl Solenoid Valve, Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High/Low) Relay)

T-GDI 10AOxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down), Canister Close Valve, Recirulation valve, Waste gate valve,Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High) Relay)

3 SENSOR 15AEngine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Fuel Pump Relay), Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box(A/CON Relay), Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake)/#2 (Exhaust), ECM

2 ECU 15A ECM

3 DCT GDI 15A TCM

F/PUMPGDI 15A

Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Fuel Pump Relay)T-GDI 20A

BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Fuse

1 ABS 40A ESC Module

1 ECU 30A Engine Room Fuse & Relay Box (Engine Conrol Relay, Fuse - ECU 2)

2 DCT GDI 40A TCM

3 B+ 50ASmart Junction Box (Tail Lamp Relay, IPS Control Module (ARISU RT), Fuse - STOP LP, SMART KEY 1/2, INVERTER 2, DR LOCK )

3 ECU 10A Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

4 ECU 15A Condenser, Ignition coil #1/#2/#3/#4

7 73

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OFS070025

OFS072025L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Maintenance

747

(1) Headlight (Low) (2) Headlight (High)/DRL*(3) Front turn signal light(4) Position(5) Front fog light*(6) Side marker

* if equipped

Headlight bulb

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

G270A03O

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

CAUTIONIf your vehicle is equipped withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlights, these headlightscontain mercury. So if you needto have your vehicle disposed,you should remove the HIDHeadlights before disposal. Theremoved HID headlights shouldbe recycled, re-used or dis-posed as hazardous waste.

7 75

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICEAlways have the headlight aimingadjusted after an accident or the head-light assembly is reinstalled at anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.3. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counter clockwise.4. Remove the bulb from the headlight

assembly.5. Install a new headlight bulb.6. Connect the headlight bulb socket

connector.7. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-

ing it clockwise.

Position light If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OFS072026

Maintenance

767

Turn signal light 1. Remove the bulb from the socket by

pressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket

2. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

3. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)1. Remove the under cover by rotating

the screws.2. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.3. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

5. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housing andturn the socket clockwise.

6. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

Front side marker1. Remove the bulb from socket by

pressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until tabs on the bulb alignwith the slots in the socket. Pull thebulb out of the socket.

2. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.


OFS072042L

7 77

Maintenance

Side repeater light bulb replace-mentIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light(2) Back-up light(3) Rear turn signal light(4) Sidemarker(5) Rear reflex reflector

Outside1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the outside light assembly

retaining screws with a cross-tipscrewdriver.

3. Remove the rear combination lightassembly from the body of the vehicle.

OFS070029

OFS070030

OFS070027

OFS072028N

OFS070028

■ Type A

■ Type B

Maintenance

787

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align with theslots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket.6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the

socket and pushing or rotating it until itlocks into place.


8. Reinstall the light assembly to the bodyof the vehicle.

9. Tighten the screws.

High mounted stop lightreplacement1. Open the tailgate2. Remove the tailgate upper trim3. Remove the socket by turning it coun-

terclockwise4. Disconnect the cable5. Install a new HMSL assembly

License plate light bulb replace-ment

1. Remove the lens by pushing the cover.2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.3. Install a new bulb.4. Reinstall.

OFS070034

CAUTIONBe careful when removing the plas-tic mounting clips in cold weather,it may crack.

OFS070032

OFS072062N

7 79

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

■ Luggage room lamp■ Front map lamp

■ Center room lamp OMD070044/ORB070064/OFS070035

Maintenance

807

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure washers,

make sure to maintain sufficient dis-tance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to component dam-age or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors or itssurrounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock applied fromhigh pressure water may cause thedevice to not operate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) or con-nectors as they may be damaged ifthey come into contact with high pres-sure water.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

7 81

Maintenance

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits or engineand related components locatedin the engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components andair duct inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

OJB037800

CAUTION - Matte paintIf your vehicle has Matte paint, makecertain you maintain it properly topreserve the matte appearance.Proper, care is required to maintainthe matte appearance. The normalpaint warranty applies to defects inmaterial and/or workmanship, butnot the uniform matte appearance.• Rub marks, burnish marks, and

shiny spots are likely to requirerepainting at a body shop trainedin matte paint repair.

• Do not rub the paint or allow auto-matic car wash brushes to contactthe paint. Hand wash with softwashmits, dry with clean chamois,and use light pressure with amicrofiber towel. Minimize the pres-sure you use. Do not rub repeated-ly to minimize the risk of burnish-ing a shiny spot. Coarse terry clothwill easily burnish the paint.

• Test all products on a hidden part(such as under the rocker sills) tomake certain they do not alter thematte appearance.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Pre-rinse the paint prior to wash-

ing to remove coarse dirt that canscratch the paint. Pressure wash-ing is OK with a fan nozzle and aminimum of 10 inches betweenthe nozzle and paint.

• Use a detergent specifically for-mulated for matte paint.

• Use a shampoo made for mattepaint.

• Spot treat heavy dirt accumula-tion with a cleaner made for mattepaint.

• Most solvent based tar and bugremover products can be used,followed by a alcohol/water orpaint cleaner. Test before using ina visible area.

• Most waxes and paint sealers willadd gloss, and are very difficult orimpossible to remove. Specialwaxes and sealers made for mattepaint offer protection frominsects, bird droppings, and con-taminations, but may affect theappearance. If applied evenly, theappearance will be uniform, andmay please some owners. Testbefore using.

Maintenance

827

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas because itis difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It willdo more harm than good to wet down theroad grime without removing it. The loweredges of doors, rocker panels, and framemembers have drain holes that should notbe allowed to clog with dirt; trapped waterin these areas can cause rusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 83

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Clean the wheel after it has cooled.• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-

gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingacid or alkaline or acid detergents. Itmay damage and corrode the alu-minum wheels coated with a clear pro-tective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produce cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is partic-ularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Maintenance

847

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter, hoseoff the underside of your car at least oncea month and be sure to clean the under-side thoroughly when winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highlycorrosive and may damage painted sur-faces in just a few hours. Always removebird droppings as soon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

7 85

Maintenance

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos-metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, andair freshener from contacting the interiorparts because they may cause damageor discoloration. If they do contact theinterior parts, wipe them off immediately.See the instructions for the proper way toclean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Leather (if equipped)

• Feature of Seat Leather- Leather is made from the outer skin

of an animal, which goes through aspecial process to be available foruse. Since it is a natural object, eachpart differs in thickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperature andhumidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable fabricto improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supporting areais high which provides driving comfortand stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally fromusage. It is not a fault of the product.

CAUTION• Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

• When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTION• Wrinkles or abrasions which

appear naturally from usage arenot covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic accessories,zippers or keys inside the backpocket may damage the seat fab-ric.

(Continued)

Maintenance

867

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat. Itwill prevent abrasion or damage ofthe leather and maintain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of a proper leather protectivemay prevent abrasion of the coverand helps maintain the color. Be sureto read the instructions and consult aspecialist when using leather coatingor protective agents.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instantly.

Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun-dation, etc.)Apply cleansing cream on a cloth andwipe the contaminated spot. Wipe offthe cream with a wet cloth andremove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contamina-tions do not smear.

- OilRemove oil instantly with absorbablecloth and wipe with stain removerused only for natural leather.

- Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice and removegradually.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

(Continued)• Make sure not to wet the seat. It

may change the nature of naturalleather.

• Jeans or clothes which couldbleach may contaminate the sur-face of the seat covering fabric.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 87

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuel vaporsfrom escaping into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant tempera-ture is low during idling, the PCSV closesso that evaporated fuel is not taken intothe engine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSV opensto introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

Maintenance

887

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to oper-ate abnormally, wire damage, batterydischarge and fire. For your safety, do notuse unauthorized electronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.


Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm.In addition, certain fluids containedin vehicles and certain products ofcomponent wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.

CAUTIONIf you use unauthorized electricdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety. Be careful not to install after-market devices that may affect vehi-cle operation.

7 89

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle. Additionally,such actions could void your warranties.

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can ignite

flammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyticsystem are very hot while theengine is running or immediatelyafter the engine is turned off. Keepaway from the exhaust and catalyt-ic systems, you may get burned.Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

• When the engine is running orturning off, do not touch catalyticsystem and other exhaust sys-tems because it is hot. If youtouch that, you may be burned.

Maintenance

907

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEPerchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

8

Engine / 8-2

Dimensions / 8-2

Bulb wattage / 8-2

Tires and wheels / 8-3

Weight/Volume / 8-4

Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-5

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-8

Vehicle certification label / 8-8

Tire specification and pressure label / 8-9

Engine number / 8-9

Refrigerant label / 8-9

Consumer information / 8-10

Reporting safety defects / 8-11



28

ENGINE

DIMENSIONS

Itemin. (mm)

GDI Turbo GDIOverall length 166.1 (4220) 167.3 (4250)

Overall width 70.5 (1790) 71.1 (1805)

Overallheight

P215/45 R17 55.1 (1399) -

225/40 R18 55.3 (1405) 55.3 (1405)

Front treadP215/45 R17 61.5 (1561) -

225/40 R18 60.9 (1547) 60.9 (1547)

Rear treadP215/45 R17 62.0 (1574) -

225/40 R18 61.4 (1560) 61.4 (1560)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2650) 104.3 (2650)

Item Gasoline

Displacementcu. in (cc)

97.09 (1591)

Bore x Stroke in. (mm)

3.03x3.36 (77x85.44)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders 4, In-line

BULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

HeadlightsHigh 55 H7

Low 55 H7HPLL/H11B*

Front turn signal lights 27 PY27W

Position lights LED LED

Sidemarker 5 W5W

Front fog lights*GDI 27 GE881

Turbo GDI 35 H8

Side repeater LED LED

Stop and tail lights 28/8 P28/8W

Rear turn signal lights 27 PY27W

Back-up lights 16 W16W

High mounted stop light LED LED

License plate lights 5 W5W

Front map lamp 8 FESTOON

Center room lamp* 8 FESTOON

Luggage room lamp 5 FESTOON

* : If equipped

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

Item Tire size Wheel size

Cold tire inflation pressure bar psi (kPa) Wheel lug nuttorque lbf·ft(kgf·m, N·m)

Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tireP215/45R17 7.0J×17 33

(230)33

(230)33

(230)33

(230)

65~79 (9~11, 88~107)

225/40R18 7.5J×18

Compact spare tire*2

(if equipped)

T125/80D15 4.0T×1560

(420)60

(420)60

(420)60

(420)T125/80D16 4.0T×16

*1 Normal load : Up to 2 persons*2 If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, it will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.

✽✽ NOTICE• It is permissible to add 3psi (20 kPa) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires

typically loose 1psi (7 kPa) for every 12°F (7°C) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheckyour tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +2.4psi/1 mile (+10 kPa/1 km).


48

WEIGHT/VOLUME

Item GDI Turbo GDI

Gross vehicle weight lbs. (kg)

Manual transaxle 3748 (1700) 3858 (1750)

EcoShift dual clutch transmission 3748 (1700) 3858 (1750)

Luggage volume cu ft (l)

15.5 (440)

8 5


RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends GDI 3.8 US qt. (3.6 l) API Service SM*3,

ILSAC GF-4 or above

Turbo GDI 4.8 US qt. (4.5 l) ACEA A5 or above

Manual transaxle fluid

GDI1.7~1.8 US qt.

(1.6~1.7 l)

SAE 70W, API GL-4, HK SYN MTF 70W (SK)

SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF (H.K.SHELL)GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)

Use the Manual transaxle fluid approved by HYUNDAI motorcompany. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Turbo GDI1.8~1.9 US qt.

(1.7~1.8 l)

EcoShift dual clutch transmis-sion fluid

GDI2.01~2.11 US qt.

(1.9~2.0 l)

SAE 75W/85, API GL-4HA SYN MTF 75W/85 (SK)

HD SYN MTF 75W/85 (H.K.SHELL),GS PAO MTF 75W/85 (GS CALTEX)

Use the EcoShift dual clutch transmission fluid approved byHYUNDAI motor company.

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Turbo GDI2.01~2.11 US qt.

(1.9~2.0 l)

SAE 70W, API GL-4, HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK)

SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL)GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)

Use the EcoShift dual clutch transmission fluid approved byHYUNDAI motor company.

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.


68

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you may substitute API service SL.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant 5.28 US qt. (5.0 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 US qt.

(0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 13.2 US gal. (50 l) Unleaded gasoline

8 7


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oils canprovide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higher vis-cosity engine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils ofany viscosity other than those recom-mended could result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehicle will beoperated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

*2. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA A5 orabove). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine Oil (GDI) *1

Engine Oil (Turbo GDI) *2

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

5W-30, 5W-40

°C(°F)


88

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger’s seat. Tocheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar containsthe vehicle identification number (VIN).

OFS080001

■ Type A

OYN089002

■ Type B

OFS080002

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

8 9


The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

The refrigerant label is located on theunderside of the hood.The label contains the following informa-tion:• Type of refrigerant• Amount of refrigerant

OFS072061NOYN089003 OFS082003

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL(IF EQUIPPED)


108

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1122 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,Maryland, North Carolina, SouthCarolina, Virginia, West Virginia.

Southern Region3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, NewMexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Arizona,California Colorado, Hawaii, ldaho,Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,Washington, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 11


If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE West Building Washington,DC 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

IIndex

Index

2I

AC inverter ..................................................................4-119AIR BAG - Advanced supplemental restraint system ..3-32

Air bag warning label ................................................3-59Air bag warning light ................................................3-35Curtain air bag............................................................3-50How does the air bag system operate ........................3-33Main components of occupant classification

system......................................................................3-39Occupant classification system ..................................3-39Side air bag ................................................................3-49SRS Care ....................................................................3-57SRS components and functions..................................3-35

Air cleaner ....................................................................7-38Filter replacement ......................................................7-38

Antenna ......................................................................4-123Anti-lock brake system (ABS)......................................5-36Appearance care ............................................................7-80

Exterior care ..............................................................7-80Interior care ................................................................7-85

Ashtray ........................................................................4-120Audio system ..............................................................4-123

Antenna ....................................................................4-123Audio remote control ..............................................4-124Care of disc ..............................................................4-129How vehicle audio works ........................................4-125

Automatic climate control system ..............................4-101Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-102Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant ......................................4-109Climate control air filter ..........................................4-109Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-103

Aux, USB and iPod® port ..........................................4-122

Battery ..........................................................................7-46Battery recharging ......................................................7-47For best battery service ..............................................7-46Reset items ................................................................7-48

Before driving ................................................................5-3Before entering vehicle ................................................5-3Before starting ..............................................................5-4Necessary inspections ..................................................5-3

Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free ................4-122Brake system ................................................................5-33

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..................................5-36Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................5-38Good braking practices ..............................................5-41Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-43Parking brake..............................................................5-34Power brakes ..............................................................5-33Vehicle stability management (VSM) ........................5-42

A

B

I 3

Index

Brake/clutch fluid..........................................................7-36Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ........................7-36

Bulb wattage....................................................................8-2

California perchlorate notice ........................................7-90Center console storage ................................................4-113Child restraint system....................................................3-24

Using a child restraint system ....................................3-25Cigarette lighter ..........................................................4-119Climate control air filter................................................7-40

Filter inspection..........................................................7-40Filter replacement ......................................................7-40

Clock ..........................................................................4-120Consumer information ..................................................8-10Cruise control system....................................................5-44

Defroster........................................................................4-91Rear window defroster ..............................................4-91

Dimensions......................................................................8-2

Door locks ....................................................................4-18Child-protector rear door lock....................................4-21Impact sensing door unlock system ..........................4-21Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............4-19Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ..........4-18Speed sensing door lock system ................................4-21

Economical operation....................................................5-49EcoShift dual clutch Transmission (For T-GDI) ..........5-24

EcoShift dual clutch Transmission operation ............5-24Good driving practices ..............................................5-31

EcoShift dual clutch transmission (For GDI) ..............5-16EcoShift dual clutch transmission operation..............5-22Good driving practices ..............................................5-24

Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-38Emergency starting..........................................................6-5

Jump starting ..............................................................6-5Push-starting ..............................................................6-6

Emission control system ..............................................7-87Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-87Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system..........7-87Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-88

Engine..............................................................................8-2Engine compartment ..............................................2-4, 7-2

C

D

E

Index

4I

Engine coolant ..............................................................7-33Changing the coolant..................................................7-35Checking the coolant level ........................................7-33Radiator cap................................................................7-35

Engine number ................................................................8-9Engine oil ......................................................................7-31

Changing the engine oil and filter..............................7-32Checking the engine oil level ....................................7-31

Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-8Illuminated engine start/stop button ............................5-8Starting the engine......................................................5-10

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-28

Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................4-121Fuel filler lid..................................................................4-31Fuel requirements............................................................1-3Fuses..............................................................................7-63

Engine compartment fuse replacement ......................7-65Fuse/relay panel description ......................................7-67Instrument panel fuse replacement ............................7-64

Gauges ..........................................................................4-47Glove box ....................................................................4-113Glove box lamp ............................................................4-90Good braking practices ................................................5-41

Hazard warning flasher ................................................4-78Hill-start assist control (HAC) ......................................5-43Hood ..............................................................................4-29How to use this manual ..................................................1-2

If the engine overheats ....................................................6-7If the engine will not start ..............................................6-4If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ..........................6-13

Changing tires ............................................................6-14Jack and tools ............................................................6-13Jack label ....................................................................6-21Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-14

F

G

H

I

I 5

Index

If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) ............6-22Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ........................6-24Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-23Introduction ................................................................6-22Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ..........6-23Using the Tire Mobility Kit........................................6-25

In case of an emergency while driving ..........................6-3Instrument cluster..........................................................4-45

Gauges ........................................................................4-47Instrument panel illumination ....................................4-47LCD display warning ................................................4-69Trip computer ............................................................4-50Warnings and indicators ............................................4-58

Instrument panel illumination ......................................4-47Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-3Interior features ..........................................................4-116

AC inverter ..............................................................4-118Ashtray ....................................................................4-120Aux, USB and iPod® port ........................................4-123Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free ............4-123Cigarette lighter........................................................4-119Clock ......................................................................4-120Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-121Navigation system ....................................................4-122Power outlet..............................................................4-117Shopping bag holder ................................................4-121Sunvisor ....................................................................4-117

Interior light ..................................................................4-88Automatic turn off function ......................................4-88Glove box lamp ..........................................................4-90Map lamp....................................................................4-88Room lamp ................................................................4-89Tailgate room lamp ....................................................4-90Vanity mirror lamp ....................................................4-90

Interior overview ............................................................2-2

Key position ....................................................................5-5Ignition switch position................................................5-5Illuminated ignition switch ..........................................5-5Starting the engine........................................................5-6

Keys ................................................................................4-3Record your key number ..............................................4-3

LCD display warning ....................................................4-69Light bulbs ....................................................................7-73

Headlight, position light, turn signal light,front fog light bulb replacement ............................7-73

High mounted stop light replacement......................7-78Interior light bulb replacement ..................................7-79License plate light bulb replacement ........................7-78

K

L

Index

6I

Rear combination light bulb replacement ..................7-77Side repeater light bulb replacement..........................7-77

Lighting ........................................................................4-79Battery saver function ................................................4-79Daytime running light ................................................4-80Front fog light ............................................................4-84Headlamp delay..........................................................4-79Headlamp welcome function......................................4-79High beam operation ..................................................4-82Lighting control..........................................................4-80Turn signals and lane change signals ........................4-83

Luggage net (holder) ..................................................4-114

Maintenance services ......................................................7-3Manual climate control system ....................................4-92

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ......................................4-100

Climate control air filter ..........................................4-100Heating and air conditioning......................................4-93System operation ........................................................4-98

Manual transaxle ..........................................................5-13Good driving practices ..............................................5-15Manual transaxle operation ........................................5-13

Map lamp ......................................................................4-88

Mirrors ..........................................................................4-41Blind zone mirror (BZM) ..........................................4-44Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-41Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-42

Navigation system ......................................................4-122

Owner maintenance ........................................................7-4

Parking brake ................................................................7-37Checking the parking brake ......................................7-37

Power brakes ................................................................5-33Power outlet ................................................................4-117

O

P

N

M

I 7

Index

Rear parking assist system ............................................4-75Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist

system......................................................................4-76Operation of the rear parking assist system ..............4-75Rear parking assist system precautions......................4-77

Rear view camera..........................................................4-78Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-5

Recommended SAE viscosity number ........................8-7Refrigerant label..............................................................8-9Remote keyless entry ....................................................4-10

Immobilizer system ....................................................4-11Remote keyless entry system operations....................4-10

Reporting safety defects................................................8-11Road warning ................................................................6-2

Hazard warning flasher ................................................6-2Room lamp....................................................................4-89

Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-6Seat belts ......................................................................3-14

Care of seat belts ........................................................3-23Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-18Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-20Seat belt restraint system............................................3-14Shoulder belt extension guide ....................................3-16

Seats ................................................................................3-2Driver’s seat..................................................................3-2Front passenger seat ....................................................3-2Front seat adjustment ..................................................3-5Rear seat ......................................................................3-2Rear seat adjustment ....................................................3-9

Shopping bag holder ..................................................4-121Smart key ........................................................................4-4

Battery replacement......................................................4-9Immobilizer system ......................................................4-7Loss of the smart key ..................................................4-6Smart key function ......................................................4-4Smart key precautions ..................................................4-6

Special driving conditions ............................................5-51Driving at night ..........................................................5-52Driving in flooded areas ............................................5-53Driving in the rain ......................................................5-53Driving off-road..........................................................5-53Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-51Highway driving ........................................................5-54Rocking the vehicle....................................................5-51Smooth cornering ......................................................5-52

Steering wheel ..............................................................4-38Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................4-38Horn............................................................................4-40Tilt steering / Tilt and telescope steering ..................4-39

R

S

Index

8I

Storage compartment ..................................................4-113Center console storage ............................................4-113Glove box ................................................................4-113Luggage net (holder) ................................................4-114

Sunroof ..........................................................................4-34Closing the sunroof ....................................................4-37Resetting the sunroof..................................................4-37Sunshade ....................................................................4-37Tilting the sunroof ......................................................4-36

Sunvisor ......................................................................4-117

Tailgate ..........................................................................4-22Closing the tailgate ....................................................4-23Emergency tailgate safety release ..............................4-23Opening the tailgate ..................................................4-22Shelf disassembly and installment ............................4-24

Tailgate room lamp ......................................................4-90Theft-alarm system........................................................4-14

Armed stage................................................................4-14Disarmed stage ..........................................................4-16Opening the tailgate with the alarm armed................4-16

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................6-8Changing a tire with TPMS ......................................6-11Low tire pressure telltale ..............................................6-9TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator ..............................................6-10Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-9Tires and wheels ....................................................7-49, 8-3Towing ..........................................................................6-28

Emergency towing......................................................6-29Removable towing hook ............................................6-29Towing service............................................................6-28

Trailer towing ................................................................5-65Trip computer ................................................................4-50

T

I 9

Index

Vanity mirror lamp ........................................................4-90Vehicle break-in process ................................................1-5Vehicle certification label................................................8-8Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ............1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-8Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-59

Certification label ......................................................5-62Tire and loading information label ............................5-59

Vehicle stability management (VSM) ..........................5-42Vehicle weight ..............................................................5-64

Warnings and indicators................................................4-58Washer fluid ..................................................................7-37

Checking the washer fluid level ................................7-37Weight/volume ................................................................8-4Windows........................................................................4-25

Power windows ..........................................................4-25Windshield defrosting and defogging ........................4-109Winter driving ..............................................................5-55Wiper blades..................................................................7-42

Blade inspection ........................................................7-42Blade replacement ......................................................7-42

Wipers and washers ......................................................4-85Rear window wiper and washer switch......................4-87Windshield washers (front) ........................................4-86

W

V

2017 veloster (fs) om...f2 your hyundai should not be modified in any way. such modifications may...

Documents